Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Convex Optimization

556 missions · 345 completed

Missions

Open211Completed345All556
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization 1: With L-Lipschitz Losses, SDCA Reaches Expected Duality Gap ε after ⌈n log(λn/(2L²))⌉ + n + 20L²/(λε) IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Regularized loss minimization over linear predictors is the training problem behind support vector machines, logistic regression, ridge regression and their many variants. Given examples x1,…,xn∈Rdx_1,\dots,x_n\in\mathbb R^dx1​,…,xn​∈Rd, one minimizes an average of convex losses of the predictions w⊤xiw^\top x_iw⊤xi​ plus a quadratic penalty. Dual coordinate ascent (DCA) solves the Fenchel dual of this problem by optimizing one dual variable at a time; it has been the workhorse of linear SVM solvers such as LIBLINEAR (Hsieh et al., ICML 2008). Before Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang's work, the available analyses of DCA either gave linear rates with constants depending on unknown problem quantities or did not control the duality gap, which is the quantity a practitioner can actually monitor as a stopping criterion.

Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang (2013) analysed stochastic dual coordinate ascent (SDCA), where the coordinate is picked uniformly at random, and proved explicit bounds on the expected duality gap. For Lipschitz losses (hinge loss, absolute loss) the bound is O~(n+L2/(λϵ))\tilde O(n+L^2/(\lambda\epsilon))O~(n+L2/(λϵ)) iterations, which matches stochastic gradient descent when the accuracy is low and improves on it when nnn is small compared with L2/(λϵ)L^2/(\lambda\epsilon)L2/(λϵ). This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 1 of the paper, together with the lemmas of its proof.

Timeline. Hsieh, Chang, Lin, Keerthi and Sundararajan (2008) proposed dual coordinate descent for linear SVMs and proved linear convergence with an unspecified constant. Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang (arXiv 2012, JMLR 2013) gave the first explicit duality-gap rates for SDCA, for Lipschitz and for smooth losses. Proximal and accelerated variants followed (Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang, Math. Program. 2016).

Setting

Fix n≥1n\ge1n≥1 examples x1,…,xn∈Rdx_1,\dots,x_n\in\mathbb R^dx1​,…,xn​∈Rd (Euclidean norm), convex losses ϕ1,…,ϕn:R→R\phi_1,\dots,\phi_n:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rϕ1​,…,ϕn​:R→R and a regularization parameter λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. The primal problem (1) is to minimize

P(w)=1n∑i=1nϕi(w⊤xi)+λ2∥w∥2.P(w)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\phi_i(w^\top x_i)+\frac\lambda2\|w\|^2 .P(w)=n1​i=1∑n​ϕi​(w⊤xi​)+2λ​∥w∥2.

The convex conjugate of a scalar function is ϕ∗(u)=sup⁡z(zu−ϕ(z))∈(−∞,+∞]\phi^*(u)=\sup_z(zu-\phi(z))\in(-\infty,+\infty]ϕ∗(u)=supz​(zu−ϕ(z))∈(−∞,+∞]. The dual problem (2) is to maximize, over α∈Rn\alpha\in\mathbb R^nα∈Rn,

D(α)=1n∑i=1n−ϕi∗(−αi)−λ2∥w(α)∥2,w(α)=1λn∑i=1nαixi.D(\alpha)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n-\phi_i^*(-\alpha_i)-\frac\lambda2\|w(\alpha)\|^2,\qquad w(\alpha)=\frac1{\lambda n}\sum_{i=1}^n\alpha_ix_i .D(α)=n1​i=1∑n​−ϕi∗​(−αi​)−2λ​∥w(α)∥2,w(α)=λn1​i=1∑n​αi​xi​.

Weak duality gives D(α)≤P(w)D(\alpha)\le P(w)D(α)≤P(w) for all α,w\alpha,wα,w, so the duality gap P(w(α))−D(α)P(w(\alpha))-D(\alpha)P(w(α))−D(α) bounds the primal sub-optimality of w(α)w(\alpha)w(α).

A loss ϕ\phiϕ is LLL-Lipschitz if ∣ϕ(a)−ϕ(b)∣≤L∣a−b∣|\phi(a)-\phi(b)|\le L|a-b|∣ϕ(a)−ϕ(b)∣≤L∣a−b∣ for all a,ba,ba,b. The paper's standing assumptions are ∥xi∥≤1\|x_i\|\le1∥xi​∥≤1, ϕi≥0\phi_i\ge0ϕi​≥0 and ϕi(0)≤1\phi_i(0)\le1ϕi​(0)≤1.

Procedure SDCA starts from α(0)=0\alpha^{(0)}=0α(0)=0. At iteration t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T it picks a coordinate iii uniformly at random, chooses Δαi\Delta\alpha_iΔαi​ maximizing

−ϕi∗(−(αi(t−1)+Δαi))−λn2∥w(t−1)+(λn)−1Δαixi∥2,-\phi_i^*\bigl(-(\alpha_i^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_i)\bigr)-\frac{\lambda n}{2}\bigl\|w^{(t-1)}+(\lambda n)^{-1}\Delta\alpha_i x_i\bigr\|^2,−ϕi∗​(−(αi(t−1)​+Δαi​))−2λn​​w(t−1)+(λn)−1Δαi​xi​​2,

and sets α(t)=α(t−1)+Δαiei\alpha^{(t)}=\alpha^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_ie_iα(t)=α(t−1)+Δαi​ei​ and w(t)=w(α(t))w^{(t)}=w(\alpha^{(t)})w(t)=w(α(t)). The averaging option outputs αˉ=1T−T0∑t=T0+1Tα(t−1)\bar\alpha=\frac1{T-T_0}\sum_{t=T_0+1}^T\alpha^{(t-1)}αˉ=T−T0​1​∑t=T0​+1T​α(t−1) and wˉ=w(αˉ)\bar w=w(\bar\alpha)wˉ=w(αˉ). Let α∗\alpha^*α∗ maximize DDD and write ϵD(t)=D(α∗)−D(α(t))\epsilon_D^{(t)}=D(\alpha^*)-D(\alpha^{(t)})ϵD(t)​=D(α∗)−D(α(t)) for the dual sub-optimality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 5)

For convex LLL-Lipschitz losses under the standing assumptions, if ϵP>0\epsilon_P>0ϵP​>0 and

T ≥ T0+n+4L2λϵP ≥ max⁡(0,⌈nlog⁡(0.5λnL−2)⌉)+n+20L2λϵP,T\ \ge\ T_0+n+\frac{4L^2}{\lambda\epsilon_P}\ \ge\ \max\bigl(0,\lceil n\log(0.5\lambda nL^{-2})\rceil\bigr)+n+\frac{20L^2}{\lambda\epsilon_P},T ≥ T0​+n+λϵP​4L2​ ≥ max(0,⌈nlog(0.5λnL−2)⌉)+n+λϵP​20L2​,

then

E[P(wˉ)−D(αˉ)]≤ϵP,andE[D(α∗)−D(α(t))]≤ϵP/2  for all t≥T0.\mathbb E\bigl[P(\bar w)-D(\bar\alpha)\bigr]\le\epsilon_P,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mathbb E\bigl[D(\alpha^*)-D(\alpha^{(t)})\bigr]\le\epsilon_P/2\ \text{ for all }t\ge T_0 .E[P(wˉ)−D(αˉ)]≤ϵP​,andE[D(α∗)−D(α(t))]≤ϵP​/2  for all t≥T0​.

The constants 444 and 202020 are the paper's.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: the one-coordinate increase (10); the identity P(w(α))−D(α)=1n∑i(ϕi(w⊤xi)+ϕi∗(−αi)+αiw⊤xi)P(w(\alpha))-D(\alpha)=\frac1n\sum_i(\phi_i(w^\top x_i)+\phi_i^*(-\alpha_i)+\alpha_iw^\top x_i)P(w(α))−D(α)=n1​∑i​(ϕi​(w⊤xi​)+ϕi∗​(−αi​)+αi​w⊤xi​); Lemma 1 (expected dual increase at least sn\frac snns​ times the gap minus (sn)2G2λ(\frac sn)^2\frac{G}{2\lambda}(ns​)22λG​); Lemma 2 (D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1D(\alpha)\le P(w^*)\le P(0)\le1D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1, D(0)≥0D(0)\ge0D(0)≥0); Lemma 3 (ϕ∗=+∞\phi^*=+\inftyϕ∗=+∞ outside [−L,L][-L,L][−L,L]); Lemma 4 (G≤4L2G\le4L^2G≤4L2); the recursion after (13); the rate (14), E[ϵD(t)]≤2Gλ(2n+t−t0)\mathbb E[\epsilon_D^{(t)}]\le\frac{2G}{\lambda(2n+t-t_0)}E[ϵD(t)​]≤λ(2n+t−t0​)2G​; and the averaged duality-gap bound of p. 16.

Significance

Theorem 1 makes the duality gap of SDCA a certified stopping criterion with an explicit iteration count. Because the gap upper-bounds the primal sub-optimality, it also gives a primal guarantee for the averaged output wˉ\bar wwˉ. It covers non-smooth losses, the hinge loss in particular, where linear rates are not available. The analysis pattern, a lower bound on the expected dual increase by the duality gap (Lemma 1) followed by a recursion for the dual sub-optimality, was reused in the analyses of proximal, accelerated and mini-batch dual methods.

The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal account of the primal–dual pair of regularized loss minimization with extended-real conjugates, a formal SDCA run with uniformly random coordinates, and the complete chain of lemmas. Lemma 1 is stated with a general strong-convexity modulus γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0, as in the paper, so it serves the smooth-loss analysis as well.

Difficulty

The obvious first idea is to treat SDCA as stochastic coordinate ascent on a concave function and import a standard rate. That fails: DDD is neither smooth nor strongly concave for Lipschitz losses, and its domain {α:ϕi∗(−αi)<∞}\{\alpha:\phi_i^*(-\alpha_i)<\infty\}{α:ϕi∗​(−αi​)<∞} is a box, so the per-coordinate progress cannot be bounded by a gradient norm. The argument instead compares the exact coordinate maximizer with an explicit interpolation towards a sub-gradient, which needs the conjugate's value at a sub-gradient (Fenchel–Young equality) and its infinite values outside [−L,L][-L,L][−L,L].

The rate (14) is not a plain geometric recursion. It needs a burn-in phase and then an induction with a step size sss that changes with ttt, and the duality gap of the output has to be recovered from the dual progress by Jensen's inequality over the averaged iterates. Everything happens in expectation over the coordinate sequence, while the dual values have to be kept finite along every run.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), examples and losses are indexed by Fin n, and w⊤xw^\top xw⊤x is inner ℝ w x.
  • The conjugate is an EReal supremum, and DDD is EReal-valued. Real values of DDD are used only where the same statement asserts that they are finite.
  • The coordinate step is a free map Δ : (Fin n → ℝ) → Fin n → ℝ constrained by an arg-max predicate (IsSDCAStep). Any maximizer is admissible, and one exists for convex real losses.
  • The run is a function of the coordinate sequence js : Fin T → Fin n, started at α(0)=0\alpha^{(0)}=0α(0)=0, with w(t)=w(α(t))w^{(t)}=w(\alpha^{(t)})w(t)=w(α(t)).
  • Expectations are uniform averages over coordinate sequences (SAGA.Convex.expectIdx, a published definition).
  • α∗\alpha^*α∗ is any maximizer of DDD, and w∗w^*w∗ any minimizer of PPP.
  • The constant G=max⁡tG(t)G=\max_tG^{(t)}G=maxt​G(t) of the proof is pinned to its bound 4L24L^24L2. Theorem 1's burn-in max⁡(0,⌈nlog⁡(0.5λnL−2)⌉)\max(0,\lceil n\log(0.5\lambda nL^{-2})\rceil)max(0,⌈nlog(0.5λnL−2)⌉) is exactly the value of t0t_0t0​ obtained with G=4L2G=4L^2G=4L2 and ϵD(0)≤1\epsilon_D^{(0)}\le1ϵD(0)​≤1.
  • Lemmas 1 and 4 are stated for a fixed dual-feasible state. The paper's history-averaged form follows from this.

A real-valued conjugate, which returns 000 where the supremum is infinite, or an unconstrained step map would make the statements false or vacuous. The EReal conjugate and the arg-max predicate rule both out.

Infrastructure needed: Fenchel–Young for scalar convex functions, the existence of sub-gradients of convex real functions and their bound by the Lipschitz constant, Jensen's inequality for the convex PPP and the concave DDD, and the algebra of uniform averages over {1,…,n}t\{1,\dots,n\}^t{1,…,n}t. The conjugate and sub-differential definitions and the duality-gap identity can be reused beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are lemmas on EReal sums that keep the finiteness bookkeeping short.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz and T. Zhang, Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization, arXiv:1209.1873v2, 2013; Journal of Machine Learning Research 14:567–599, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.1873
  • C.-J. Hsieh, K.-W. Chang, C.-J. Lin, S. S. Keerthi and S. Sundararajan, A Dual Coordinate Descent Method for Large-scale Linear SVM, ICML 2008. https://doi.org/10.1145/1390156.1390208
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz and T. Zhang, Accelerated Proximal Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent for Regularized Loss Minimization, Mathematical Programming 155:105–145, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0839-0
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games 1: Synchronous Inexact Best Response Reaches an ϵ-NE in Explicitly Bounded Projected SG StepsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many equilibrium problems in operations research, such as networked Cournot competition, power markets and communication networks, are stochastic Nash games: each player minimizes an expected cost fi(xi,x−i)=E[ψi(xi,x−i;ξ)]f_i(x_i,x_{-i})=\mathbb E[\psi_i(x_i,x_{-i};\xi)]fi​(xi​,x−i​)=E[ψi​(xi​,x−i​;ξ)] that depends on the rivals' strategies and on a random vector ξ\xiξ whose law is accessible only through samples. Best-response schemes, in which every player in turn solves its own optimization problem given the others' latest strategies, are the natural distributed method for such games. In the stochastic setting no player can compute an exact best response, because evaluating fif_ifi​ requires the expectation itself. Lei, Shanbhag, Pang and Sen (arXiv:1704.04578v2; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020) analyze inexact proximal best-response schemes in which each best response is approximated by a finite number of stochastic gradient steps, and they ask how many sampled gradients each player needs to reach an approximate equilibrium.

The deterministic theory of proximal best responses, including the contraction matrix Γ\GammaΓ used here, is due to Facchinei and Pang (Nash equilibria: the variational approach, 2009, §12.6; reference [19] of the paper). The present mission covers the paper's first scheme, the synchronous one, in which all players update simultaneously.

Setting

There are NNN players. Player iii chooses xix_ixi​ from a closed, compact, convex, nonempty set Xi⊆RniX_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n_i}Xi​⊆Rni​; a profile is x=(x1,…,xN)∈X=∏iXix=(x_1,\dots,x_N)\in X=\prod_iX_ix=(x1​,…,xN​)∈X=∏i​Xi​, and (z,y−i)(z,y_{-i})(z,y−i​) is the profile yyy with its iii-th block replaced by zzz. A Nash equilibrium is a profile x∗∈Xx^*\in Xx∗∈X such that every xi∗x^*_ixi∗​ minimizes fi(⋅,x−i∗)f_i(\cdot,x^*_{-i})fi​(⋅,x−i∗​) over XiX_iXi​.

Assumption 1 asks that each fif_ifi​ be convex in xix_ixi​ and twice continuously differentiable near XXX, that the sampled gradients ∇xiψi(x;ξ)\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(x;\xi)∇xi​​ψi​(x;ξ) be unbiased for ∇xifi(x)\nabla_{x_i}f_i(x)∇xi​​fi​(x), and that E∥∇xiψi(x;ξ)∥2≤Mi2\mathbb E\|\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(x;\xi)\|^2\le M_i^2E∥∇xi​​ψi​(x;ξ)∥2≤Mi2​. For μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the proximal best response is

x^i(y)=argmin⁡xi∈Xi[fi(xi,y−i)+μ2∥xi−yi∥2].\hat x_i(y)=\operatorname*{argmin}_{x_i\in X_i}\Big[f_i(x_i,y_{-i})+\tfrac\mu2\|x_i-y_i\|^2\Big].x^i​(y)=xi​∈Xi​argmin​[fi​(xi​,y−i​)+2μ​∥xi​−yi​∥2].

The N×NN\times NN×N matrix Γ\GammaΓ has entries γii=μ/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ii}=\mu/(\mu+\zeta_{i,\min})γii​=μ/(μ+ζi,min​) and γij=ζij,max⁡/(μ+ζi,min⁡)\gamma_{ij}=\zeta_{ij,\max}/(\mu+\zeta_{i,\min})γij​=ζij,max​/(μ+ζi,min​), where ζi,min⁡\zeta_{i,\min}ζi,min​ is the least eigenvalue of ∇xi2fi\nabla^2_{x_i}f_i∇xi​2​fi​ over XXX and ζij,max⁡\zeta_{ij,\max}ζij,max​ the largest spectral norm of the mixed block ∇xixj2fi\nabla^2_{x_ix_j}f_i∇xi​xj​2​fi​ over XXX. Assumption 2 is a:=∥Γ∥<1a:=\|\Gamma\|<1a:=∥Γ∥<1 (spectral norm).

Algorithm 1 starts from a deterministic x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X. At major iteration kkk every player computes xi,k+1∈Xix_{i,k+1}\in X_ixi,k+1​∈Xi​ with E[∥xi,k+1−x^i(xk)∥2∣Fk]≤αi,k2\mathbb E[\|x_{i,k+1}-\hat x_i(x_k)\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k]\le\alpha_{i,k}^2E[∥xi,k+1​−x^i​(xk​)∥2∣Fk​]≤αi,k2​, by running ji,kj_{i,k}ji,k​ projected stochastic gradient steps

zi,t+1=ΠXi[zi,t−1μ(t+1)(∇xiψi(zi,t,x−i,k;ξi,kt)+μ(zi,t−xi,k))],zi,1=xi,k,z_{i,t+1}=\Pi_{X_i}\Big[z_{i,t}-\tfrac{1}{\mu(t+1)}\big(\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i(z_{i,t},x_{-i,k};\xi^t_{i,k})+\mu(z_{i,t}-x_{i,k})\big)\Big],\qquad z_{i,1}=x_{i,k},zi,t+1​=ΠXi​​[zi,t​−μ(t+1)1​(∇xi​​ψi​(zi,t​,x−i,k​;ξi,kt​)+μ(zi,t​−xi,k​))],zi,1​=xi,k​,

and setting xi,k+1=zi,ji,kx_{i,k+1}=z_{i,j_{i,k}}xi,k+1​=zi,ji,k​​. A random profile xxx is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-NE2_22​ if E[(∑i∥xi−xi∗∥2)1/2]≤ϵ\mathbb E\big[(\sum_i\|x_i-x^*_i\|^2)^{1/2}\big]\le\epsilonE[(∑i​∥xi​−xi∗​∥2)1/2]≤ϵ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1(a)

With αi,k=ηk+1\alpha_{i,k}=\eta^{k+1}αi,k​=ηk+1, η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1), ∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\|x_{i,0}-x^*_i\|\le C∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C, c=max⁡{a,η}c=\max\{a,\eta\}c=max{a,η}, q∈(c,1)q\in(c,1)q∈(c,1), D=1/ln⁡((q/c)e)D=1/\ln((q/c)^e)D=1/ln((q/c)e), Qi=2Mi2/μ2+2DXi2Q_i=2M_i^2/\mu^2+2D_{X_i}^2Qi​=2Mi2​/μ2+2DXi​2​ and ji,k=⌈Qi/η2(k+1)⌉j_{i,k}=\lceil Q_i/\eta^{2(k+1)}\rceilji,k​=⌈Qi​/η2(k+1)⌉, the iterate xKx_KxK​ after K=⌈ln⁡(N(C+D)/ϵ)/ln⁡(1/q)⌉K=\lceil\ln(\sqrt N(C+D)/\epsilon)/\ln(1/q)\rceilK=⌈ln(N​(C+D)/ϵ)/ln(1/q)⌉ major iterations is an ϵ\epsilonϵ-NE2_22​, and player iii uses at most

ℓi(η)=Qiη4ln⁡(1/η2)(N(C+D)ϵ)ln⁡(1/η2)ln⁡(1/q)+⌈ln⁡(N(C+D)/ϵ)ln⁡(1/q)⌉\ell_i(\eta)=\frac{Q_i}{\eta^4\ln(1/\eta^2)}\left(\frac{\sqrt N(C+D)}{\epsilon}\right)^{\frac{\ln(1/\eta^2)}{\ln(1/q)}}+\left\lceil\frac{\ln(\sqrt N(C+D)/\epsilon)}{\ln(1/q)}\right\rceilℓi​(η)=η4ln(1/η2)Qi​​(ϵN​(C+D)​)ln(1/q)ln(1/η2)​+⌈ln(1/q)ln(N​(C+D)/ϵ)​⌉

projected stochastic gradient steps. The goal fixes the paper's explicit expression, not its O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) summary.

Milestones

  1. (5): ∥x^i(y′)−x^i(y)∥≤∑jγij∥yj′−yj∥\|\hat x_i(y')-\hat x_i(y)\|\le\sum_j\gamma_{ij}\|y'_j-y_j\|∥x^i​(y′)−x^i​(y)∥≤∑j​γij​∥yj′​−yj​∥ for y,y′∈Xy,y'\in Xy,y′∈X.
  2. (9): the same in the Euclidean norm of block distances, with factor aaa.
  3. A Nash equilibrium is a fixed point: x^(x∗)=x∗\hat x(x^*)=x^*x^(x∗)=x∗.
  4. Lemma 2: zcz≤Dqzzc^z\le Dq^zzcz≤Dqz for z≥0z\ge0z≥0, 0<c<q<10<c<q<10<c<q<1, D≥1/(eln⁡(q/c))D\ge1/(e\ln(q/c))D≥1/(eln(q/c)).
  5. (20): uk+1≤auk+Nmax⁡iαi,ku_{k+1}\le au_k+\sqrt N\max_i\alpha_{i,k}uk+1​≤auk​+N​maxi​αi,k​, where uku_kuk​ is the mean Euclidean norm of block errors.
  6. Proposition 4: uk≤N(C+D)qku_k\le\sqrt N(C+D)q^kuk​≤N​(C+D)qk.
  7. Lemma 3: E[∥zi,t−x^i(xk)∥2∣Fk]≤Qi/(t+1)\mathbb E[\|z_{i,t}-\hat x_i(x_k)\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k]\le Q_i/(t+1)E[∥zi,t​−x^i​(xk​)∥2∣Fk​]≤Qi​/(t+1).
  8. (30): ∑k=1Kβk≤∫1K+1βxdx≤βK+1/ln⁡β\sum_{k=1}^K\beta^k\le\int_1^{K+1}\beta^xdx\le\beta^{K+1}/\ln\beta∑k=1K​βk≤∫1K+1​βxdx≤βK+1/lnβ for β>1\beta>1β>1.

Significance

Theorem 1(a) shows that the synchronous inexact scheme keeps the linear rate of the exact best-response iteration, with factor arbitrarily close to max⁡{∥Γ∥,η}\max\{\|\Gamma\|,\eta\}max{∥Γ∥,η}, and turns it into a sample complexity explicit in ϵ\epsilonϵ, in the number of players and in the game's constants. Choosing η=∥Γ∥\eta=\|\Gamma\|η=∥Γ∥ gives a bound of order (N/ϵ)2+δ(\sqrt N/\epsilon)^{2+\delta}(N​/ϵ)2+δ for any δ>0\delta>0δ>0 (Theorem 1(b)), close to the O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) of a single stochastic convex program; the dependence on NNN is mild, which matters for games with many players. The same building blocks (the contraction (5), Lemma 2, Lemma 3 and (30)) are reused by the randomized and asynchronous schemes of the same paper.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been machine-checked. A formalization adds a verified proof of the complexity bound together with fully explicit hypotheses: several conditions that the paper leaves implicit or states imprecisely (listed under Formalization scope) are made exact, and the Lean statement records which version of each is used.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of Theorem 1(a) from Proposition 4, Lemma 3 and (30) is routine. The weight lies elsewhere. The contraction (5) is quoted from Facchinei–Pang and not proved in the paper; it needs the variational optimality conditions of the two proximal problems and a mean-value argument along a segment of XXX for the partial gradient, which mixes the Hessian blocks ∇xi2fi\nabla^2_{x_i}f_i∇xi​2​fi​ and ∇xixj2fi\nabla^2_{x_ix_j}f_i∇xi​xj​2​fi​. Lemma 3 is a conditional-expectation argument about a stochastic approximation recursion: the iterate zi,tz_{i,t}zi,t​ must be shown measurable for the nested σ\sigmaσ-fields generated by the samples, and the conditional unbiasedness and moment hypotheses must be combined with the tower property and the projection's nonexpansiveness. Proposition 4 then needs conditional Jensen to pass from (8) to the Euclidean norm of block errors.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin N, player iii's space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (n i)), profiles are dependent functions, and (z,y−i)(z,y_{-i})(z,y−i​) is Function.update y i z. The Euclidean norm of the vector of block distances is written out (blockDist), since Mathlib's norm on profiles is the sup norm; ∥Γ∥\|\Gamma\|∥Γ∥ is the operator norm of Matrix.toEuclideanCLM Γ. ζi,min⁡\zeta_{i,\min}ζi,min​ and ζij,max⁡\zeta_{ij,\max}ζij,max​ are the infimum and supremum of Rayleigh-type quotients of the second derivative over XXX and unit vectors. The proximal BR is any map minimizing the proximal objective on XXX (unique there), and ΠXi\Pi_{X_i}ΠXi​​ is any map satisfying the published SpectralProjGrad.Shared.IsProjOnto. The σ\sigmaσ-fields Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and σ{Fk,ξi,k[t−1]}\sigma\{\mathcal F_k,\xi^{[t-1]}_{i,k}\}σ{Fk​,ξi,k[t−1]​} are generated by the samples. Every expectation carries an integrability hypothesis.

Statement repairs, each recorded in the item's Formalization Note:

  • the initial point is deterministic, as Algorithm 1 states, so E∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\mathbb E\|x_{i,0}-x^*_i\|\le CE∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C reads ∥xi,0−xi∗∥≤C\|x_{i,0}-x^*_i\|\le C∥xi,0​−xi∗​∥≤C (the proof's u0≤NCu_0\le\sqrt NCu0​≤N​C needs this);
  • Assumption 1(b) is twice continuous differentiability in the whole profile, which (4) needs for the mixed blocks, and convexity on an open set containing XiX_iXi​;
  • in Lemma 3, ψi\psi_iψi​ is read as ∇xiψi\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i∇xi​​ψi​, and the second hypothesis is the bound E[∥∇xiψi∥2∣⋅]≤Mi2\mathbb E[\|\nabla_{x_i}\psi_i\|^2\mid\cdot]\le M_i^2E[∥∇xi​​ψi​∥2∣⋅]≤Mi2​ that the proof uses (the printed equality would force zero sampling noise);
  • 0<ϵ<N(C+D)0<\epsilon<\sqrt N(C+D)0<ϵ<N​(C+D), without which the ceiling in (27) can be non-positive;
  • D=1/(eln⁡(q/c))D=1/(e\ln(q/c))D=1/(eln(q/c)), the reading of ln⁡((q/c)e)\ln((q/c)^e)ln((q/c)e) confirmed by Lemma 2's proof.

The goal is not trivialized by deterministic gradients: the sampled gradients are random, constrained only by conditional unbiasedness and a conditional second-moment bound, the proximal BR is tied to fif_ifi​ by its argmin property, x∗x^*x∗ must be a Nash equilibrium, and the norms are Euclidean. A deterministic instance (N=1N=1N=1, f1(x)=∥x∥2f_1(x)=\|x\|^2f1​(x)=∥x∥2 on a ball, exact gradients) satisfies every hypothesis jointly.

Needed infrastructure: optimality conditions for constrained strongly convex minimization, the mean-value inequality for partial gradients of C2C^2C2 functions on convex sets, conditional expectation of vector-valued functions with the tower property and conditional Jensen, and the nonexpansiveness of Euclidean projection. The contraction (5) and Lemma 3 are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Lei, U. V. Shanbhag, J.-S. Pang, S. Sen, On Synchronous, Asynchronous, and Randomized Best-Response Schemes for Stochastic Nash Games, arXiv:1704.04578v2, 2018; published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.04578v2
  • F. Facchinei, J.-S. Pang, Nash equilibria: the variational approach, in Convex Optimization in Signal Processing and Communications, Cambridge University Press, 2009 (reference [19] of arXiv:1704.04578v2).
  • B. T. Polyak, Introduction to Optimization, Optimization Software, 1987 (reference [38] of the paper).
13 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithm for Nonsymmetric Exponential-Cone Optimization 3: The Exponential-Cone Barrier Does Not Have Negative CurvatureResearch Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods for conic optimization are best understood on symmetric cones: the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone and the cone of positive semidefinite matrices. On these cones the barrier functions are self-scaled, and Nesterov and Todd showed that every primal-dual pair (x,s)(x, s)(x,s) then has a unique scaling point www with s=F′′(w)xs = F''(w)xs=F′′(w)x and F′(x)=F′′(w)F∗′(s)F'(x) = F''(w)F_*'(s)F′(x)=F′′(w)F∗′​(s). The resulting primal-dual algorithms, implemented in solvers such as SeDuMi and MOSEK, combine long steps with good worst-case complexity.

Many models in statistics, geometric programming, entropy maximization and logistic regression need the exponential cone, which is not symmetric. Dahl and Andersen (Math. Program. 194, 2022) designed the primal-dual algorithm behind MOSEK's exponential-cone support. To explain why they cannot simply transplant the Nesterov–Todd construction, they use a property that sits between "self-scaled" and "arbitrary": negative curvature of the barrier. Barriers of symmetric cones have it; a barrier is self-scaled if and only if both it and its conjugate have it (Nesterov–Tunçel, 2016); and barriers with negative curvature still admit a unique scaling point satisfying one secant equation. Dahl and Andersen observe in §5 that the exponential-cone barrier lies outside this class, by an explicit witness. This mission formalizes that observation and the derivative formulas of their Appendix A it rests on.

Timeline:

  • 1997–1998: Nesterov and Todd introduce self-scaled barriers and their primal-dual scalings (Math. Oper. Res. 22; SIAM J. Optim. 8).
  • 2001: Tunçel generalizes primal-dual scalings to arbitrary convex cones (Found. Comput. Math. 1).
  • 2009: Chares studies the exponential cone and its 3-self-concordant barrier (thesis, Université catholique de Louvain).
  • 2016: Nesterov and Tunçel characterize self-scaled barriers through negative curvature of the barrier and its conjugate.
  • 2022: Dahl and Andersen give a primal-dual algorithm for the exponential cone with Tunçel-type scalings, and note that its barrier does not have negative curvature.

Setting

Points of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 are written x=(x1,x2,x3)x = (x_1, x_2, x_3)x=(x1​,x2​,x3​). The exponential cone is the closure

Kexp⁡=cl⁡{x∈R3∣x1≥x2exp⁡(x3/x2), x2>0},K_{\exp} = \operatorname{cl}\{x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \mid x_1 \ge x_2 \exp(x_3/x_2),\ x_2 > 0\},Kexp​=cl{x∈R3∣x1​≥x2​exp(x3​/x2​), x2​>0},

whose interior is {x∣x2>0, x1>x2exp⁡(x3/x2)}\{x \mid x_2 > 0,\ x_1 > x_2\exp(x_3/x_2)\}{x∣x2​>0, x1​>x2​exp(x3​/x2​)}. Its standard barrier is

F(x)=−log⁡(x2log⁡(x1/x2)−x3)−log⁡x1−log⁡x2,(2)F(x) = -\log\bigl(x_2\log(x_1/x_2) - x_3\bigr) - \log x_1 - \log x_2, \qquad (2)F(x)=−log(x2​log(x1​/x2​)−x3​)−logx1​−logx2​,(2)

defined and smooth on int⁡(Kexp⁡)\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})int(Kexp​). Appendix A of the paper writes F=g+hF = g + hF=g+h with

ψ(x)=x2log⁡(x1/x2)−x3,g(x)=−log⁡ψ(x),h(x)=−log⁡x1−log⁡x2.\psi(x) = x_2\log(x_1/x_2) - x_3,\qquad g(x) = -\log\psi(x),\qquad h(x) = -\log x_1 - \log x_2 .ψ(x)=x2​log(x1​/x2​)−x3​,g(x)=−logψ(x),h(x)=−logx1​−logx2​.

For a smooth FFF on an open set, F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x) is its Hessian, a symmetric linear map of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, and the third directional derivative is the symmetric linear map

F′′′(x)[u]=ddtF′′(x+tu)∣t=0,F′′′(x)[u,v,v]=⟨F′′′(x)[u] v,v⟩.F'''(x)[u] = \frac{d}{dt}F''(x + tu)\Big|_{t=0}, \qquad F'''(x)[u, v, v] = \langle F'''(x)[u]\,v, v\rangle .F′′′(x)[u]=dtd​F′′(x+tu)​t=0​,F′′′(x)[u,v,v]=⟨F′′′(x)[u]v,v⟩.

A barrier FFF of a cone KKK has negative curvature if for all x∈int⁡(K)x \in \operatorname{int}(K)x∈int(K) and for u∈Ku \in Ku∈K

F′′′(x)[u]⪯0,F'''(x)[u] \preceq 0,F′′′(x)[u]⪯0,

where ⪯\preceq⪯ is the Loewner order: ⟨F′′′(x)[u] v,v⟩≤0\langle F'''(x)[u]\,v, v\rangle \le 0⟨F′′′(x)[u]v,v⟩≤0 for every vvv. The direction uuu ranges over the closed cone KKK, including its boundary.

Formalization targets

Goal: the exponential-cone barrier does not have negative curvature

¬(∀x∈int⁡(Kexp⁡), ∀u∈Kexp⁡, ∀v∈R3: ⟨F′′′(x)[u] v,v⟩≤0).\neg\Bigl(\forall x \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp}),\ \forall u \in K_{\exp},\ \forall v \in \mathbb{R}^3:\ \langle F'''(x)[u]\,v, v\rangle \le 0\Bigr).¬(∀x∈int(Kexp​), ∀u∈Kexp​, ∀v∈R3: ⟨F′′′(x)[u]v,v⟩≤0).

The goal asserts only the qualitative failure, so it does not depend on the particular witness.

Milestones

  1. The witness: x^:=(1,e−2,0)∈int⁡(Kexp⁡)\hat x := (1, e^{-2}, 0) \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})x^:=(1,e−2,0)∈int(Kexp​) and u^:=(1,0,0)∈Kexp⁡∖int⁡(Kexp⁡)\hat u := (1, 0, 0) \in K_{\exp}\setminus\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})u^:=(1,0,0)∈Kexp​∖int(Kexp​) (§5, p. 356).
  2. First-order derivatives (A.1, p. 367): ψ′(x)=(x2/x1, log⁡(x1/x2)−1, −1)\psi'(x) = (x_2/x_1,\ \log(x_1/x_2) - 1,\ -1)ψ′(x)=(x2​/x1​, log(x1​/x2​)−1, −1), h′(x)=−(1/x1,1/x2,0)h'(x) = -(1/x_1, 1/x_2, 0)h′(x)=−(1/x1​,1/x2​,0), g′(x)=−ψ′(x)/ψ(x)g'(x) = -\psi'(x)/\psi(x)g′(x)=−ψ′(x)/ψ(x), F′=g′+h′F' = g' + h'F′=g′+h′ on int⁡(Kexp⁡)\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})int(Kexp​).
  3. Second-order derivatives (A.2, p. 367):
F′′(x)=−1ψ(x)(ψ′′(x)−ψ′(x)ψ′(x)Tψ(x))+h′′(x).F''(x) = -\frac{1}{\psi(x)}\Bigl(\psi''(x) - \frac{\psi'(x)\psi'(x)^T}{\psi(x)}\Bigr) + h''(x).F′′(x)=−ψ(x)1​(ψ′′(x)−ψ(x)ψ′(x)ψ′(x)T​)+h′′(x).
  1. Third-order directional derivatives (A.3 and (33), p. 368): the closed form of F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[u] in terms of ψ\psiψ, its derivatives and h′′′(x)[u]h'''(x)[u]h′′′(x)[u].
  2. The matrix at the witness (§5, p. 356):
F′′′(x^)[u^]=[−4e2/2e2/2e2/200e2/20−e4/4].F'''(\hat x)[\hat u] = \begin{bmatrix} -4 & e^2/2 & e^2/2 \\ e^2/2 & 0 & 0 \\ e^2/2 & 0 & -e^4/4 \end{bmatrix}.F′′′(x^)[u^]=​−4e2/2e2/2​e2/200​e2/20−e4/4​​.
  1. The positive value (§5, p. 356): F′′′(x^)[u^,v^,v^]=4F'''(\hat x)[\hat u, \hat v, \hat v] = 4F′′′(x^)[u^,v^,v^]=4 for v^:=(1,8e−2,4e−2)\hat v := (1, 8e^{-2}, 4e^{-2})v^:=(1,8e−2,4e−2).

Significance

The result. Negative curvature is the property that gives symmetric-cone barriers their long-step Hessian estimates and a unique scaling point with one secant equation. Its failure for the exponential-cone barrier means that none of these consequences can be invoked for the exponential cone. An algorithm for this cone has to obtain its scalings by other means; Dahl and Andersen take them from Tunçel's framework, via the quasi-Newton secant updates of §5. The witness also shows that the failure occurs already for a direction on the boundary of the cone, at an interior point with simple coordinates.

Formalizing it. The claim is proved in the paper by a computation "using the expressions in the appendix", with the details left to the reader. The appendix formulas for the gradient, Hessian and third directional derivative of the exponential-cone barrier are the ones an implementation evaluates, including the higher-order corrector term −12F′′′(x)[u,v]-\tfrac12F'''(x)[u, v]−21​F′′′(x)[u,v]. A machine-checked version certifies these closed forms, including the zero padding of the 2×22\times22×2 "leading parts" in (33), and gives a reusable definition of negative curvature that applies to any cone and barrier. As far as is known, none of these statements has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The obstacle is computational, not conceptual. The barrier is a composition of logarithms with a function ψ\psiψ that is itself a perspective of the logarithm, so its third derivative is a sum of terms with denominators ψ(x)k\psi(x)^kψ(x)k, x1kx_1^kx1k​ and x2kx_2^kx2k​. Stating it as a derivative of the Hessian map requires showing that the Hessian is differentiable on the open interior, which in turn requires a description of that interior, a set defined as the interior of a closure. The membership claims about u^\hat uu^ are not definitional either: u^\hat uu^ lies on the boundary, reached only as a limit of points of the generating set, and its non-interiority needs a neighbourhood argument. Finally, the cone condition on uuu matters: replacing u∈Kexp⁡u \in K_{\exp}u∈Kexp​ by u∈R3u \in \mathbb{R}^3u∈R3 makes the claim nearly trivial, because F′′′(x)[−u]=−F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[-u] = -F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[−u]=−F′′′(x)[u].

Formalization scope

  • Points of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3); the paper's (x1,x2,x3)(x_1, x_2, x_3)(x1​,x2​,x3​) are (x 0, x 1, x 2), and vectors are written !₂[·, ·, ·].
  • Kexp⁡K_{\exp}Kexp​ is the closure of the printed set, not its interior or an equivalent description. FFF, ψ\psiψ, ggg, hhh are defined on all of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 by their formulas with Real.log; every statement evaluates them, and their derivatives, only at points of int⁡(Kexp⁡)\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})int(Kexp​), where all logarithms are the genuine ones. The appendix formulas carry the hypothesis x∈int⁡(Kexp⁡)x \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})x∈int(Kexp​).
  • F′′F''F′′ is the published SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep.hess (derivative of the gradient), and F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[u] is fderiv ℝ (hess F) x u. The Loewner order is stated through the quadratic form for every vvv. Matrices act through the standard basis (Matrix.toEuclideanCLM).
  • Disclosed deviations from the page: milestone 1 asserts x^∈int⁡(Kexp⁡)\hat x \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})x^∈int(Kexp​), stronger than the printed x^∈Kexp⁡\hat x \in K_{\exp}x^∈Kexp​ and the form the definition needs. In A.3 the 2×22\times22×2 leading parts h^′′′\hat h'''h^′′′, ψ^′′′\hat\psi'''ψ^​′′′ of (33) are padded with a zero third row and column, and g′′(x)g''(x)g′′(x) is written out by the A.2 formula. Only the first display of A.2 is stated, not the factorization F′′(x)=R(x)R(x)TF''(x) = R(x)R(x)^TF′′(x)=R(x)R(x)T.
  • A trivializing formalization would let uuu range over all of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3, or read ⪯0\preceq 0⪯0 entrywise; both are excluded, and uuu ranges over the closed cone exactly as in the paper.
  • The claim that FFF is a 3-self-concordant barrier (quoted from Chares) is not part of the mission. The definition of negative curvature applies to any cone in any dimension and can be reused for other barriers. Contributions of calculus lemmas for logarithmic barriers on open sets (differentiability of the Hessian map, interiors of closures of epigraph-type sets) are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Dahl, E. D. Andersen, A primal-dual interior-point algorithm for nonsymmetric exponential-cone optimization, Mathematical Programming 194 (2022), 341–370. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01631-4
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22 (1997), 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998), 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • L. Tunçel, Generalization of primal-dual interior-point methods to convex optimization problems in conic form, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 1 (2001), 229–254. https://doi.org/10.1007/s102080010008
  • Yu. Nesterov, L. Tunçel, Local superlinear convergence of polynomial-time interior-point methods for hyperbolicity cone optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 26 (2016), 139–170. https://doi.org/10.1137/140978296
  • P. R. Chares, Cones and interior-point algorithms for structured convex optimization involving powers and exponentials, PhD thesis, Université catholique de Louvain, 2009.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithm for Nonsymmetric Exponential-Cone Optimization 1: Along the Combined Corrector Direction the Residuals and the Complementarity Gap Both Scale by 1 − α(1 − γ)Research Paper

Motivation

Conic optimization over the exponential cone Kexp⁡=cl⁡{x∈R3:x1≥x2ex3/x2, x2>0}K_{\exp}=\operatorname{cl}\{x\in\mathbb R^3: x_1\ge x_2e^{x_3/x_2},\ x_2>0\}Kexp​=cl{x∈R3:x1​≥x2​ex3​/x2​, x2​>0} models entropy, relative entropy, logistic regression, log-sum-exp and geometric programming. Unlike the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone and the semidefinite cone, the exponential cone is not symmetric (self-scaled), so the Nesterov–Todd primal-dual machinery that makes solvers such as SeDuMi and MOSEK fast does not apply as is. Dahl and Andersen (Math. Program. 194 (2022) 341–370) describe the nonsymmetric-cone algorithm implemented in MOSEK (version 9.2 in the paper's experiments). Its central new ingredient is a corrector for nonsymmetric cones, an analogue of Mehrotra's predictor-corrector that is responsible for much of the practical performance of symmetric-cone solvers. The paper reports that the corrector gives a substantial and consistent reduction in iteration counts across its test sets.

Timeline. Nesterov and Todd (1997, 1998) built primal-dual methods for self-scaled cones. Nesterov, Todd and Ye (1999) and Tunçel (2001) studied primal-dual scalings for general cones, Tunçel proving polynomial complexity of an infeasible method without a corrector under bounded scalings. Skajaa and Ye (2015) gave a homogeneous method for nonsymmetric cones with a Runge–Kutta corrector. Myklebust and Tunçel (2014) analysed BFGS-type scalings. Dahl and Andersen (2022) introduced the third-order corrector studied in this mission.

Setting

Let A ⁣:Rn→RmA\colon\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mA:Rn→Rm be linear with full row rank, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn, and let K^⊆Rn\hat K\subseteq\mathbb R^nK^⊆Rn be a proper cone (pointed, closed, convex, with nonempty interior). A ϑ^\hat\varthetaϑ^-logarithmically homogeneous self-concordant barrier (LHSCB) for K^\hat KK^ is a C3C^3C3 convex function F^\hat FF^ on int⁡K^\operatorname{int}\hat KintK^ with ∣F^′′′(x)[u,u,u]∣≤2(F^′′(x)[u,u])3/2|\hat F'''(x)[u,u,u]|\le2(\hat F''(x)[u,u])^{3/2}∣F^′′′(x)[u,u,u]∣≤2(F^′′(x)[u,u])3/2 and F^(τx)=F^(x)−ϑ^log⁡τ\hat F(\tau x)=\hat F(x)-\hat\vartheta\log\tauF^(τx)=F^(x)−ϑ^logτ. The primal problem minimizes ⟨c,x^⟩\langle c,\hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩ subject to Ax^=bA\hat x=bAx^=b, x^∈K^\hat x\in\hat Kx^∈K^; the dual maximizes ⟨b,y⟩\langle b,y\rangle⟨b,y⟩ subject to c−ATy=s^∈K^∗c-A^Ty=\hat s\in\hat K^*c−ATy=s^∈K^∗.

The homogeneous model adds τ,κ≥0\tau,\kappa\ge0τ,κ≥0: x=(x^,τ)x=(\hat x,\tau)x=(x^,τ), s=(s^,κ)s=(\hat s,\kappa)s=(s^,κ), K=K^×R+K=\hat K\times\mathbb R_+K=K^×R+​, F(x)=F^(x^)−log⁡τF(x)=\hat F(\hat x)-\log\tauF(x)=F^(x^)−logτ, ϑ=ϑ^+1\vartheta=\hat\vartheta+1ϑ=ϑ^+1. With z=(x,s,y)z=(x,s,y)z=(x,s,y), the residual is

G(z)=(Ax^−bτ, −ATy+cτ−s^, bTy−cTx^−κ),G(z)=\bigl(A\hat x-b\tau,\ -A^Ty+c\tau-\hat s,\ b^Ty-c^T\hat x-\kappa\bigr),G(z)=(Ax^−bτ, −ATy+cτ−s^, bTy−cTx^−κ),

a linear map whose (y,x^,τ)(y,\hat x,\tau)(y,x^,τ)-block is skew-symmetric. An iterate has x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK, s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗, and μ=⟨x,s⟩/ϑ\mu=\langle x,s\rangle/\varthetaμ=⟨x,s⟩/ϑ. The shadow iterates are x~=−F∗′(s)\tilde x=-F_*'(s)x~=−F∗′​(s) and s~=−F′(x)\tilde s=-F'(x)s~=−F′(x), with F∗F_*F∗​ the conjugate barrier. A scaling is a nonsingular WWW with v=Wx=W−Tsv=Wx=W^{-T}sv=Wx=W−Ts and v~=Wx~=W−Ts~\tilde v=W\tilde x=W^{-T}\tilde sv~=Wx~=W−Ts~ (the double secant equations (8)).

The affine direction Δza\Delta z^aΔza solves G(Δza)=−G(z)G(\Delta z^a)=-G(z)G(Δza)=−G(z), WΔxa+W−TΔsa=−vW\Delta x^a+W^{-T}\Delta s^a=-vWΔxa+W−TΔsa=−v (11). The corrector is η=−12F′′′(x)[Δxa,(F′′(x))−1Δsa]\eta=-\tfrac12F'''(x)[\Delta x^a,(F''(x))^{-1}\Delta s^a]η=−21​F′′′(x)[Δxa,(F′′(x))−1Δsa] (16). For a centering parameter γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, the combined direction Δz\Delta zΔz solves

G(Δz)=−(1−γ)G(z),WΔx+W−TΔs=−v+γμv~−W−Tη.(18)G(\Delta z)=-(1-\gamma)G(z),\qquad W\Delta x+W^{-T}\Delta s=-v+\gamma\mu\tilde v-W^{-T}\eta. \tag{18}G(Δz)=−(1−γ)G(z),WΔx+W−TΔs=−v+γμv~−W−Tη.(18)

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4 (p. 353)

Every solution of (18) satisfies

⟨s,Δx⟩+⟨x,Δs⟩=−(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩,⟨Δx,Δs⟩=0,\langle s,\Delta x\rangle+\langle x,\Delta s\rangle=-(1-\gamma)\langle x,s\rangle,\qquad\langle\Delta x,\Delta s\rangle=0,⟨s,Δx⟩+⟨x,Δs⟩=−(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩,⟨Δx,Δs⟩=0,

and for all α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R

G(z+αΔz)=(1−α(1−γ))G(z),⟨x+αΔx,s+αΔs⟩=(1−α(1−γ))⟨x,s⟩.G(z+\alpha\Delta z)=(1-\alpha(1-\gamma))G(z),\qquad\langle x+\alpha\Delta x,s+\alpha\Delta s\rangle=(1-\alpha(1-\gamma))\langle x,s\rangle.G(z+αΔz)=(1−α(1−γ))G(z),⟨x+αΔx,s+αΔs⟩=(1−α(1−γ))⟨x,s⟩.

The goal fixes no constants beyond those of the direction itself. It holds for every solution of (18), not a chosen one.

Milestones

  1. §2 homogeneity identities (p. 345): F′(τx)=F′(x)/τF'(\tau x)=F'(x)/\tauF′(τx)=F′(x)/τ, F′′(τx)=F′′(x)/τ2F''(\tau x)=F''(x)/\tau^2F′′(τx)=F′′(x)/τ2, F′′(x)x=−F′(x)F''(x)x=-F'(x)F′′(x)x=−F′(x), F′′′(x)[x]=−2F′′(x)F'''(x)[x]=-2F''(x)F′′′(x)[x]=−2F′′(x), ⟨F′(x),x⟩=−ϑ\langle F'(x),x\rangle=-\vartheta⟨F′(x),x⟩=−ϑ.
  2. §2 sum rule for the homogenizing block (pp. 345, 347): F^(x^)−log⁡τ\hat F(\hat x)-\log\tauF^(x^)−logτ is a (ϑ^+1)(\hat\vartheta+1)(ϑ^+1)-LHSCB for K^×R+\hat K\times\mathbb R_+K^×R+​.
  3. Lemma 2 (p. 351): the affine direction satisfies ⟨s,Δxa⟩+⟨x,Δsa⟩=−⟨x,s⟩\langle s,\Delta x^a\rangle+\langle x,\Delta s^a\rangle=-\langle x,s\rangle⟨s,Δxa⟩+⟨x,Δsa⟩=−⟨x,s⟩, ⟨Δxa,Δsa⟩=0\langle\Delta x^a,\Delta s^a\rangle=0⟨Δxa,Δsa⟩=0, and ⟨x+αΔxa,s+αΔsa⟩=(1−α)⟨x,s⟩\langle x+\alpha\Delta x^a,s+\alpha\Delta s^a\rangle=(1-\alpha)\langle x,s\rangle⟨x+αΔxa,s+αΔsa⟩=(1−α)⟨x,s⟩.
  4. Lemma 3 (p. 352): the pure corrector direction (G(Δzc)=0G(\Delta z^c)=0G(Δzc)=0, WΔxc+W−TΔsc=−W−TηW\Delta x^c+W^{-T}\Delta s^c=-W^{-T}\etaWΔxc+W−TΔsc=−W−Tη) satisfies ⟨s,Δxc⟩+⟨x,Δsc⟩=0\langle s,\Delta x^c\rangle+\langle x,\Delta s^c\rangle=0⟨s,Δxc⟩+⟨x,Δsc⟩=0 and ⟨Δxc,Δsc⟩=0\langle\Delta x^c,\Delta s^c\rangle=0⟨Δxc,Δsc⟩=0.

Significance

The result. Lemma 4 says that a step of any length along the combined direction reduces the infeasibility residuals and the complementarity gap by exactly the same factor. Starting from a point with μ0=1\mu^0=1μ0=1, the iterates satisfy G(zk)=μkG(z0)G(z^k)=\mu^kG(z^0)G(zk)=μkG(z0) and ⟨xk,sk⟩=μkϑ\langle x^k,s^k\rangle=\mu^k\vartheta⟨xk,sk⟩=μkϑ, so the algorithm needs no merit function to balance feasibility against optimality, in contrast with earlier nonsymmetric methods. The lemma also shows that adding the third-order corrector does not cost this property, which is what justifies using the corrector in MOSEK's exponential-cone solver.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of Lemmas 2–4, the §2 homogeneity identities or the barrier sum rule has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal homogeneous model for a general proper cone with a general LHSCB and a formal account of third-derivative calculus for logarithmically homogeneous barriers. Both are reusable in any analysis of interior-point methods for nonsymmetric cones (power cones, generalized power cones, hyperbolicity cones).

Difficulty

The obvious reading of Lemma 4 as bookkeeping with the linear map GGG stalls at the corrector: the term W−TηW^{-T}\etaW−Tη in (18) involves the third derivative of the barrier, and nothing in linear algebra says how it interacts with the complementarity gap. Controlling it needs the third-derivative calculus of logarithmically homogeneous barriers. In Lean that means relating gradient, the Hessian as fderiv of the gradient, and the third derivative as fderiv of the Hessian, and working with the symmetry of iterated Fréchet derivatives of a C3C^3C3 function, for which the Mathlib interface is thin. A second obstacle is the augmented barrier: the barrier properties of F^\hat FF^ must be transported to F^(x^)−log⁡τ\hat F(\hat x)-\log\tauF^(x^)−logτ on Rn+1\mathbb R^{n+1}Rn+1 through the splitting Rn+1=Rn×R\mathbb R^{n+1}=\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb RRn+1=Rn×R, including the boundary behaviour at the corner x^∈∂K^\hat x\in\partial\hat Kx^∈∂K^, τ=0\tau=0τ=0.

The first identity of Lemma 4 is misprinted in the paper as =0=0=0. A formalization following the printed statement would be false, not merely awkward.

Formalization scope

Vectors of the augmented space are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (n + 1)); x^\hat xx^ is the first nnn coordinates and τ\tauτ (resp. κ\kappaκ) the last. AAA is a continuous linear map and ATA^TAT its Hilbert adjoint; full row rank is surjectivity. Proper cones, the Hessian hess, the barrier class IsLogHomBarrier and the conjugate conj are the published SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep.Setting. That barrier class adds three standard conditions to the paper's two (boundary blow-up, the ϑ\varthetaϑ-inequality and a positive definite Hessian), which the paper uses implicitly when it writes (F′′(x))−1(F''(x))^{-1}(F′′(x))−1 and calls FFF a barrier. WWW is a continuous linear equivalence and W−TW^{-T}W−T the adjoint of W−1W^{-1}W−1. F′′′(x)[u,w]F'''(x)[u,w]F′′′(x)[u,w] is fderiv ℝ (hess F) x u w and (F′′(x))−1(F''(x))^{-1}(F′′(x))−1 is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse. Every inner product includes the homogenizing term τκ\tau\kappaτκ.

Repairs, generalizations and specializations, each disclosed in the item statements:

  • Repair: Lemma 4's first identity is stated as −(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩-(1-\gamma)\langle x,s\rangle−(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩, as derived in the paper's own proof, instead of the printed 000.
  • Generalization: one proper cone K^\hat KK^ with one barrier replaces the paper's product K1×⋯×KkK_1\times\dots\times K_kK1​×⋯×Kk​. The product with the sum barrier is a special case.
  • Generalization: WWW is any nonsingular map satisfying (8). The paper's block-diagonal scaling with Wk+1=κ/τW_{k+1}=\sqrt{\kappa/\tau}Wk+1​=κ/τ​ is a special case.
  • Specialization: the sum rule is stated for K2=R+K_2=\mathbb R_+K2​=R+​, F2=−log⁡F_2=-\logF2​=−log, ϑ2=1\vartheta_2=1ϑ2​=1, the only case the paper applies.

The directions are predicates ("Δz\Delta zΔz solves (11)"), and the lemmas quantify over all solutions. The hypotheses are satisfiable. For the linear program n=m=1n=m=1n=m=1, A=1A=1A=1, b=c=1b=c=1b=c=1, K^=R+\hat K=\mathbb R_+K^=R+​, F^=−log⁡\hat F=-\logF^=−log, x=s=(1,1)x=s=(1,1)x=s=(1,1), y=0y=0y=0, W=IW=IW=I, system (11) has the unique solution Δxa=(0,0)\Delta x^a=(0,0)Δxa=(0,0), Δsa=(−1,−1)\Delta s^a=(-1,-1)Δsa=(−1,−1), Δya=1\Delta y^a=1Δya=1. Statements that hold only because a junk value appears are ruled out: every statement requires x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK and s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗, where log⁡τ\log\taulogτ, the inverse Hessian and the conjugate barrier take their true values. A formalization that drops τ,κ\tau,\kappaτ,κ from the inner products, or that fixes one solution of (18) instead of quantifying over all, would be a different lemma and does not count.

Welcome contributions: the general sum rule for products of cones, a Fin.append splitting library for EuclideanSpace, and proofs of the homogeneity identities that can be reused by the series' other missions.

Selected references

  • J. Dahl, E. D. Andersen, A primal-dual interior-point algorithm for nonsymmetric exponential-cone optimization, Math. Program. 194 (2022) 341–370. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01631-4
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • L. Tunçel, Generalization of primal-dual interior-point methods to convex optimization problems in conic form, Found. Comput. Math. 1 (2001) 229–254. https://doi.org/10.1007/s002080010009
  • A. Skajaa, Y. Ye, A homogeneous interior-point algorithm for nonsymmetric convex conic optimization, Math. Program. 150 (2015) 391–422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0773-1
  • T. Myklebust, L. Tunçel, Interior-point algorithms for convex optimization based on primal-dual metrics, arXiv:1411.2129 (2014). https://arxiv.org/abs/1411.2129
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 3: For Block-Constrained Problems, Uniform Coordinate Descent Has Rate n/(n + k), Linear Under Strong ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Coordinate descent methods update one block of variables at a time. They are the method of choice when the number of variables is so large that even one full gradient is too expensive, while a single partial derivative is cheap: support vector machines, ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized regression, and large sparse least-squares problems are the standard examples. Yu. Nesterov's paper Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012), doi:10.1137/100802001) gave the first global efficiency estimates for randomized coordinate descent, and these estimates started a large literature on random coordinate and block methods.

Many applications carry simple constraints on each block: bounds on each variable, a simplex or a ball per block. Section 4 of the paper shows that randomized coordinate descent handles such block-separable constraints at no loss: a projected block step, chosen uniformly at random, enjoys the same O(n/k)O(n/k)O(n/k) expected rate as the unconstrained method, and a linear rate under strong convexity. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 5.

Setting

The space RN\mathbb R^NRN is split into n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks, RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​ with N=∑iniN=\sum_in_iN=∑i​ni​ and every ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1. A point xxx is the family of its blocks x(i)∈Rnix^{(i)}\in\mathbb R^{n_i}x(i)∈Rni​, and UihU_ihUi​h is the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks are zero. Each block carries a Euclidean norm ∥h∥(i)2=⟨Bih,h⟩\|h\|_{(i)}^2=\langle B_ih,h\rangle∥h∥(i)2​=⟨Bi​h,h⟩ with Bi≻0B_i\succ0Bi​≻0 (3.4).

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, and its gradient is coordinate-wise Lipschitz (2.2): writing fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) for the iii-th block of the gradient, there are constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 with

∥fi′(x+Uih)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥h∥(i)for all x, i, h.\|f'_i(x+U_ih)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h\|_{(i)}\quad\text{for all }x,\ i,\ h .∥fi′​(x+Ui​h)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥h∥(i)​for all x, i, h.

The weighted norm is ∥x∥12=∑iLi∥x(i)∥(i)2\|x\|_1^2=\sum_iL_i\|x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2∥x∥12​=∑i​Li​∥x(i)∥(i)2​ (3.5). The function fff is strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ with constant σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 if f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+σ2∥y−x∥12f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\sigma2\|y-x\|_1^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2σ​∥y−x∥12​ for all x,yx,yx,y (3.1).

The problem is (4.1), min⁡x∈Qf(x)\min_{x\in Q}f(x)minx∈Q​f(x) with Q=Q1×⋯×QnQ=Q_1\times\cdots\times Q_nQ=Q1​×⋯×Qn​ and each Qi⊆RniQ_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n_i}Qi​⊆Rni​ nonempty, closed and convex. Its optimal value is f∗f^*f∗, attained at an optimal solution x∗∈Qx_*\in Qx∗​∈Q. The constrained coordinate update (4.2) is

u(i)(x)=arg⁡min⁡u∈Qi[⟨fi′(x),u−x(i)⟩+Li2∥u−x(i)∥(i)2],Vi(x)=x+Ui(u(i)(x)−x(i)).u^{(i)}(x)=\arg\min_{u\in Q_i}\Big[\langle f'_i(x),u-x^{(i)}\rangle+\tfrac{L_i}2\|u-x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2\Big],\qquad V_i(x)=x+U_i\big(u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}\big).u(i)(x)=argu∈Qi​min​[⟨fi′​(x),u−x(i)⟩+2Li​​∥u−x(i)∥(i)2​],Vi​(x)=x+Ui​(u(i)(x)−x(i)).

The uniform coordinate descent method UCDM(x0)(x_0)(x0​) (4.5) draws iki_kik​ uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n} and sets xk+1=Vik(xk)x_{k+1}=V_{i_k}(x_k)xk+1​=Vik​​(xk​). Its expected objective is φk=Ef(xk)\varphi_k=\mathbb E f(x_k)φk​=Ef(xk​), the expectation over i0,…,ik−1i_0,\dots,i_{k-1}i0​,…,ik−1​. The level-set radius R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is the largest ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​-distance between a feasible xxx with f(x)≤f(x0)f(x)\le f(x_0)f(x)≤f(x0​) and an optimal solution.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

φk−f∗≤nn+k[12R12(x0)+f(x0)−f∗],\varphi_k-f^*\le\frac n{n+k}\Big[\tfrac12R_1^2(x_0)+f(x_0)-f^*\Big],φk​−f∗≤n+kn​[21​R12​(x0​)+f(x0​)−f∗],

and, if fff is strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ with constant σ>0\sigma>0σ>0,

φk−f∗≤(1−2σn(1+σ))k(12R12(x0)+f(x0)−f∗).(4.6)\varphi_k-f^*\le\Big(1-\frac{2\sigma}{n(1+\sigma)}\Big)^k\Big(\tfrac12R_1^2(x_0)+f(x_0)-f^*\Big).\qquad(4.6)φk​−f∗≤(1−n(1+σ)2σ​)k(21​R12​(x0​)+f(x0​)−f∗).(4.6)

Milestones

  1. (4.3): the optimality condition ⟨fi′(x)+LiBi(u(i)(x)−x(i)),u−u(i)(x)⟩≥0\langle f'_i(x)+L_iB_i(u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}),u-u^{(i)}(x)\rangle\ge0⟨fi′​(x)+Li​Bi​(u(i)(x)−x(i)),u−u(i)(x)⟩≥0 for all u∈Qiu\in Q_iu∈Qi​.
  2. (4.4): for feasible xxx, f(x)−f(Vi(x))≥Li2∥u(i)(x)−x(i)∥(i)2f(x)-f(V_i(x))\ge\frac{L_i}2\|u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2f(x)−f(Vi​(x))≥2Li​​∥u(i)(x)−x(i)∥(i)2​.
  3. (4.7): with rk=∥xk−x∗∥1r_k=\|x_k-x_*\|_1rk​=∥xk​−x∗​∥1​,  Eik(12rk+12+f(xk+1)−f∗)≤12rk2+f(xk)−f∗+1n⟨∇f(xk),x∗−xk⟩\ \mathbb E_{i_k}\big(\frac12r_{k+1}^2+f(x_{k+1})-f^*\big)\le\frac12r_k^2+f(x_k)-f^*+\frac1n\langle\nabla f(x_k),x_*-x_k\rangle Eik​​(21​rk+12​+f(xk+1​)−f∗)≤21​rk2​+f(xk​)−f∗+n1​⟨∇f(xk​),x∗​−xk​⟩.
  4. Footnote 2: under (2.2), the strong convexity constant satisfies σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5 shows that the cost of a constrained problem with separable constraints is, up to the projection onto each QiQ_iQi​, the cost of the unconstrained one: O(n/ϵ)O(n/\epsilon)O(n/ϵ) block steps for accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ, and O(nσlog⁡1ϵ)O\big(\frac n\sigma\log\frac1\epsilon\big)O(σn​logϵ1​) under strong convexity. The method needs no knowledge of σ\sigmaσ; the same iteration attains whichever rate applies. The Lyapunov function 12∥x−x∗∥12+f(x)−f∗\frac12\|x-x_*\|_1^2+f(x)-f^*21​∥x−x∗​∥12​+f(x)−f∗ of (4.7) needs no level-set argument, so it applies wherever the projected step is cheap.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of any rate for a randomized constrained coordinate method, appears in the Prove2Me catalogue or in Mathlib. The Prove2Me catalogue holds Bubeck's scalar, unconstrained random coordinate descent results (ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.*) and the deterministic Tseng–Yun coordinate gradient descent; neither covers a projected block step. A formalization produces the first verified rate for a randomized method with constraints, and a reusable model of block-structured spaces, block projections and expectations over random index sequences.

Difficulty

The unconstrained analysis of the paper (Theorem 1) bounds the distance to the optimum by a level-set radius and uses the decrease f(x)−f(Ti(x))≥(∥fi′(x)∥(i)∗)2/(2Li)f(x)-f(T_i(x))\ge(\|f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)})^2/(2L_i)f(x)−f(Ti​(x))≥(∥fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​)2/(2Li​) of a gradient step. Neither carries over: with constraints the gradient at the optimum need not vanish, so the decrease of a projected step is not controlled by the gradient norm, and the unconstrained recursion φk−φk+1≥(φk−f∗)2/C\varphi_k-\varphi_{k+1}\ge(\varphi_k-f^*)^2/Cφk​−φk+1​≥(φk​−f∗)2/C is not available. A different potential is needed, and its one-step estimate (4.7) is the central milestone. For the linear rate, the contraction factor must be shown nonnegative without assuming σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1, which is where footnote 2 enters.

Formalization scope

RN\mathbb R^NRN is the dependent product Blocks E =∏i:Fin nEi=\prod_{i:\mathrm{Fin}\,n}E_i=∏i:Finn​Ei​, each EiE_iEi​ a finite-dimensional real inner product space whose inner product is the paper's ⟨Bi⋅,⋅⟩\langle B_i\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨Bi​⋅,⋅⟩. Indices are 0-based. The dual norm is the operator norm of linear functionals, and fi′(x)f'_i(x)fi′​(x) is the Fréchet derivative of fff composed with the block inclusion. Random draws are explicit index sequences, so φk\varphi_kφk​ is the finite average of f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) over all nkn^knk sequences of draws; no measure theory is involved.

Explicit choices where the paper is silent:

  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1, every block nontrivial (ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1), and Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 are hypotheses.
  • Every QiQ_iQi​ is nonempty, and x0∈Qx_0\in Qx0​∈Q. The paper leaves both implicit; without x0∈Qx_0\in Qx0​∈Q the iterates are infeasible and φk−f∗\varphi_k-f^*φk​−f∗ can be negative.
  • u(i)(x)u^{(i)}(x)u(i)(x) is a choice among the minimizers of the block subproblem. Under the hypotheses the minimizer exists and is unique, so the choice is the paper's update.
  • R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is never computed: the theorem takes any RRR with ∥x−x∗∥1≤R\|x-x_*\|_1\le R∥x−x∗​∥1​≤R for every feasible xxx with f(x)≤f(x0)f(x)\le f(x_0)f(x)≤f(x0​) and every optimal solution x∗x_*x∗​. This is equivalent to the paper's bound when R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is finite and avoids the default value of a supremum. The level set is taken inside QQQ, the reading of the p. 7 definition for problem (4.1).
  • f∗f^*f∗ is the constrained optimum f(x∗)f(x_*)f(x∗​) for an optimal solution x∗∈Qx_*\in Qx∗​∈Q, not an unconstrained minimum.
  • Strong convexity is (3.1) on all of RN\mathbb R^NRN in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​. The linear rate does not assume σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1; footnote 2 derives it.
  • Printed typos are corrected in the Lean: UiTU_i^TUiT​ in (4.2) is UiU_iUi​; uiu^iui in (4.3) is u(i)u^{(i)}u(i).

A formalization in which the update is an arbitrary point of QiQ_iQi​ or an unprojected gradient step, the draws are not uniform, or f∗f^*f∗ is the unconstrained minimum, proves a different theorem and is ruled out by the definitions above.

Needed infrastructure: existence and the variational characterization of the minimizer of a strongly convex quadratic over a closed convex set (Mathlib has projections onto closed convex sets in Hilbert spaces), the block descent inequality (2.3) obtained from (2.2), and manipulation of the finite expectations over index sequences (conditioning on the last draw). The block model, the weighted norm and the expectation are shared with the other missions of this series. Proofs of the milestones, and of (2.3) as a supporting lemma, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. https://core.ac.uk/download/6430808.pdf
  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 22(2) (2012), 341–362. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004 (Section 2.1, cited in the proof). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • P. Tseng and S. Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming 117 (2009), 387–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 4: Accelerated Coordinate Descent ACDM Has Expected Error at Most (n/(k + 1))²·(2‖x₀ − x*‖₁² + (f(x₀) − f*)/n²)Research Paper

Motivation

Coordinate descent methods update one block of variables at a time. For problems with millions or billions of variables, where even one full gradient is too expensive to compute or store, a step that touches a single block can be orders of magnitude cheaper than a full gradient step. Nesterov's Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 341–362, doi:10.1137/100802001) gave the first global complexity bounds for randomized coordinate descent on smooth convex functions: choosing the block at random makes the expected progress per step comparable to that of a full gradient step divided by the number of blocks.

Section 5 of the paper asks whether the multistep acceleration of the full gradient method (Nesterov 1983) carries over to the randomized coordinate setting, and answers it with the accelerated coordinate descent method ACDM. This mission formalizes that answer: Theorem 6, the O(n2/k2)O(n^2/k^2)O(n2/k2) expected rate of ACDM, together with the lemmas of its proof.

Timeline. Nesterov (1983) introduced the accelerated full-gradient method with rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2). Nesterov (CORE DP 2010/2; SIAM J. Optim. 2012) proved the O(n/k)O(n/k)O(n/k) rate of random block coordinate descent and the O(n2/k2)O(n^2/k^2)O(n2/k2) rate of its accelerated variant ACDM. Later work (Lee and Sidford 2013; Fercoq and Richtárik 2015, arXiv:1312.5799; Allen-Zhu, Qu, Richtárik and Yuan 2016, arXiv:1512.09103) made the accelerated scheme efficient per iteration and sharpened its constants.

Setting

The space is RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​, split into n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks. A point xxx has blocks x(i)∈Rnix^{(i)}\in\mathbb R^{n_i}x(i)∈Rni​, and UihU_ihUi​h is the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks vanish. Each block carries a Euclidean norm ∥h∥(i)2=⟨Bih,h⟩\|h\|_{(i)}^2=\langle B_ih,h\rangle∥h∥(i)2​=⟨Bi​h,h⟩ with Bi≻0B_i\succ0Bi​≻0.

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, and has a coordinate-wise Lipschitz gradient: the partial gradient fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) satisfies ∥fi′(x+Uih)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥h∥(i)\|f'_i(x+U_ih)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h\|_{(i)}∥fi′​(x+Ui​h)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥h∥(i)​ with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0. The method weighs blocks by these constants through the norm

∥x∥12=∑i=1nLi∥x(i)∥(i)2.\|x\|_1^2=\sum_{i=1}^nL_i\|x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2 .∥x∥12​=i=1∑n​Li​∥x(i)∥(i)2​.

The function fff is strongly convex in this norm with parameter σ≥0\sigma\ge0σ≥0 if f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+σ2∥y−x∥12f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\sigma2\|y-x\|_1^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2σ​∥y−x∥12​ for all x,yx,yx,y; σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 is plain convexity. A point x∗x^*x∗ minimizes fff, and f∗=f(x∗)f^*=f(x^*)f∗=f(x∗).

The optimal coordinate step is Ti(x)=x−1LiUifi′(x)#T_i(x)=x-\frac1{L_i}U_if'_i(x)^\#Ti​(x)=x−Li​1​Ui​fi′​(x)#, where s#s^\#s# maximizes ⟨s,x⟩−12∥x∥2\langle s,x\rangle-\frac12\|x\|^2⟨s,x⟩−21​∥x∥2. ACDM(x0)(x_0)(x0​) keeps two sequences xk,vkx_k,v_kxk​,vk​ with v0=x0v_0=x_0v0​=x0​ and deterministic scalars a0=1/na_0=1/na0​=1/n, b0=2b_0=2b0​=2. At step kkk it computes γk≥1/n\gamma_k\ge1/nγk​≥1/n from γk2−γk/n=(1−γkσ/n)ak2/bk2\gamma_k^2-\gamma_k/n=(1-\gamma_k\sigma/n)a_k^2/b_k^2γk2​−γk​/n=(1−γk​σ/n)ak2​/bk2​, sets αk=n−γkσγk(n2−σ)\alpha_k=\frac{n-\gamma_k\sigma}{\gamma_k(n^2-\sigma)}αk​=γk​(n2−σ)n−γk​σ​ and βk=1−γkσ/n\beta_k=1-\gamma_k\sigma/nβk​=1−γk​σ/n, forms yk=αkvk+(1−αk)xky_k=\alpha_kv_k+(1-\alpha_k)x_kyk​=αk​vk​+(1−αk​)xk​, draws a block iki_kik​ uniformly at random, and updates

xk+1=Tik(yk),vk+1=βkvk+(1−βk)yk−γkLikUikfik′(yk)#,x_{k+1}=T_{i_k}(y_k),\qquad v_{k+1}=\beta_kv_k+(1-\beta_k)y_k-\frac{\gamma_k}{L_{i_k}}U_{i_k}f'_{i_k}(y_k)^\#,xk+1​=Tik​​(yk​),vk+1​=βk​vk​+(1−βk​)yk​−Lik​​γk​​Uik​​fik​′​(yk​)#,

bk+1=bk/βkb_{k+1}=b_k/\sqrt{\beta_k}bk+1​=bk​/βk​​, ak+1=γkbk+1a_{k+1}=\gamma_kb_{k+1}ak+1​=γk​bk+1​. The quantity ϕk=E f(xk)\phi_k=\mathbb E\,f(x_k)ϕk​=Ef(xk​) is the expectation over the first kkk draws.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6, (5.3)

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0, with D=2∥x0−x∗∥12+1n2(f(x0)−f∗)D=2\|x_0-x^*\|_1^2+\frac1{n^2}(f(x_0)-f^*)D=2∥x0​−x∗∥12​+n21​(f(x0​)−f∗),

ϕk−f∗≤(nk+1)2D,\phi_k-f^*\le\Big(\frac n{k+1}\Big)^2D,ϕk​−f∗≤(k+1n​)2D,

and, when σ>0\sigma>0σ>0,

ϕk−f∗≤σD[(1+σ2n)k+1−(1−σ2n)k+1]−2≤(nk+1)2D.\phi_k-f^*\le\sigma D\Big[\Big(1+\tfrac{\sqrt\sigma}{2n}\Big)^{k+1}-\Big(1-\tfrac{\sqrt\sigma}{2n}\Big)^{k+1}\Big]^{-2}\le\Big(\frac n{k+1}\Big)^2D .ϕk​−f∗≤σD[(1+2nσ​​)k+1−(1−2nσ​​)k+1]−2≤(k+1n​)2D.

Milestones

  1. (5.1), well-definedness: γk≥1/n\gamma_k\ge1/nγk​≥1/n is the unique such root, 0<αk,βk≤10<\alpha_k,\beta_k\le10<αk​,βk​≤1.
  2. (5.2): γk2−γk/n=βkak2/bk2=(βkγk/n)(1−αk)/αk\gamma_k^2-\gamma_k/n=\beta_ka_k^2/b_k^2=(\beta_k\gamma_k/n)(1-\alpha_k)/\alpha_kγk2​−γk​/n=βk​ak2​/bk2​=(βk​γk​/n)(1−αk​)/αk​.
  3. The potential inequality: 2ak+12(ϕk+1−f∗)+bk+12Erk+12≤2ak2(ϕk−f∗)+bk2Erk22a_{k+1}^2(\phi_{k+1}-f^*)+b_{k+1}^2\mathbb E r_{k+1}^2\le2a_k^2(\phi_k-f^*)+b_k^2\mathbb E r_k^22ak+12​(ϕk+1​−f∗)+bk+12​Erk+12​≤2ak2​(ϕk​−f∗)+bk2​Erk2​, rk=∥vk−x∗∥1r_k=\|v_k-x^*\|_1rk​=∥vk​−x∗∥1​.
  4. (5.4) bk+1≥bk+σ2nakb_{k+1}\ge b_k+\frac\sigma{2n}a_kbk+1​≥bk​+2nσ​ak​ and (5.5) ak+1≥ak+12nbka_{k+1}\ge a_k+\frac1{2n}b_kak+1​≥ak​+2n1​bk​.
  5. ak≥1σ[Q1k+1−Q2k+1]a_k\ge\frac1{\sqrt\sigma}[Q_1^{k+1}-Q_2^{k+1}]ak​≥σ​1​[Q1k+1​−Q2k+1​] and bk≥Q1k+1+Q2k+1b_k\ge Q_1^{k+1}+Q_2^{k+1}bk​≥Q1k+1​+Q2k+1​, Q1,2=1±σ2nQ_{1,2}=1\pm\frac{\sqrt\sigma}{2n}Q1,2​=1±2nσ​​.
  6. (1+t)k−(1−t)k≥2kt(1+t)^k-(1-t)^k\ge2kt(1+t)k−(1−t)k≥2kt for t≥0t\ge0t≥0, hence Q1k+1−Q2k+1≥k+1nσQ_1^{k+1}-Q_2^{k+1}\ge\frac{k+1}n\sqrt\sigmaQ1k+1​−Q2k+1​≥nk+1​σ​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6 shows that randomized coordinate descent can be accelerated: the expected error falls as n2/k2n^2/k^2n2/k2 instead of the n/kn/kn/k of the plain method, so after k=n⋅mk=n\cdot mk=n⋅m iterations (about mmm full-gradient equivalents) the error is O(1/m2)O(1/m^2)O(1/m2), the rate of the accelerated full-gradient method. For σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 the same scheme converges linearly with a ratio governed by σ/n\sqrt\sigma/nσ​/n rather than σ/n\sigma/nσ/n. This is the starting point of the accelerated randomized coordinate methods (APPROX, NU-ACDM, accelerated proximal coordinate gradient) now used in large-scale machine learning.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge neither it nor any accelerated coordinate method has a machine-checked proof. The Lean development pins down a scheme whose correctness rests on a delicate parameter identity and on several conventions left implicit in the text (the range of σ\sigmaσ, the reading of (5.3) at σ=0\sigma=0σ=0).

Difficulty

The plain coordinate descent analysis tracks f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) alone and fails to accelerate: one coordinate step gains only 1n\frac1nn1​ of a full gradient step, and a momentum term built naively from coordinate steps does not keep the expected progress. The accelerated proof needs a potential mixing the function gap with a squared distance ∥vk−x∗∥12\|v_k-x^*\|_1^2∥vk​−x∗∥12​, weighted by the deterministic sequences ak2a_k^2ak2​ and bk2b_k^2bk2​; the weights must make the cross terms in ∥yk−x∗∥12\|y_k-x^*\|_1^2∥yk​−x∗∥12​ and f(yk)f(y_k)f(yk​) cancel exactly after taking the expectation in the drawn block, which is what the coupled choice of γk,αk,βk\gamma_k,\alpha_k,\beta_kγk​,αk​,βk​ achieves. The second difficulty is quantitative: the growth of aka_kak​ follows from coupled recursions for aka_kak​ and bkb_kbk​, not from a closed form.

Formalization scope

  • Space. RN\mathbb R^NRN is Blocks E, the dependent product of finite-dimensional real inner-product spaces E i over Fin n (indices 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1); BiB_iBi​ is absorbed into the inner product of E i. The dual norm is the operator norm of E i →L[ℝ] ℝ.
  • Randomness. Draws are explicit sequences Fin k → Fin n; ϕk\phi_kϕk​ and Erk2\mathbb E r_k^2Erk2​ are finite averages over all nkn^knk sequences with weight n−kn^{-k}n−k. No measure theory is needed.
  • s#s^\#s#. Theorems hold for every selection satisfying (1.8), not a fixed choice.
  • Explicit hypotheses. The paper's standing assumptions become hypotheses: n≥1n\ge1n≥1; Li>0L_i>0Li​>0; fff differentiable with (2.2); a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ exists. The convexity parameter σ\sigmaσ is any valid one (not necessarily the largest) with 0≤σ<n20\le\sigma<n^20≤σ<n2. The paper states σ≥0\sigma\ge0σ≥0 only; σ<n2\sigma<n^2σ<n2 is needed because αk\alpha_kαk​ divides by n2−σn^2-\sigman2−σ, and by footnote 2 (σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1) it excludes only n=1n=1n=1, σ=1\sigma=1σ=1.
  • The case σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 of (5.3). The paper's middle expression is 0⋅[0]−20\cdot[0]^{-2}0⋅[0]−2 at σ=0\sigma=0σ=0, read as a limit. Lean would evaluate it to 000, which would turn the statement into the false claim ϕk≤f∗\phi_k\le f^*ϕk​≤f∗; the chain is therefore stated for σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, and the outer bound (n/(k+1))2D(n/(k+1))^2D(n/(k+1))2D separately for all σ≥0\sigma\ge0σ≥0. Likewise the bound on aka_kak​ involving 1/σ1/\sqrt\sigma1/σ​ is stated for σ>0\sigma>0σ>0.
  • The coefficient γk\gamma_kγk​ is the closed-form larger root of the quadratic in step 1; a milestone certifies it is the unique root ≥1/n\ge1/n≥1/n.
  • No trivialization. A formalization in which σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 is allowed in the middle bound, or in which ϕk\phi_kϕk​ is computed with a draw distribution other than uniform, or in which the coefficients depend on the draws, is not this theorem.
  • Corrections of the printed text. The update of vk+1v_{k+1}vk+1​ prints fi′(yk)#f'_i(y_k)^\#fi′​(yk​)#; the index is iki_kik​. The middle term bk2rk2b_k^2r_k^2bk2​rk2​ of the potential inequality, written after the expectation in ξk−1\xi_{k-1}ξk−1​, is bk2Erk2b_k^2\mathbb E r_k^2bk2​Erk2​.
  • Reusable parts. The block encoding (Blocks, partialGrad, CoordLipschitz, coordStep, wnorm, expect) is shared verbatim with the other missions of this series. The coefficient lemmas (5.2), (5.4), (5.5) and the growth bounds are pure real analysis and welcome as standalone contributions; so is a Lean proof of the block descent inequality (2.3)–(2.4) for Euclidean blocks, which the potential inequality needs.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. Journal version: SIAM J. Optim. 22(2) (2012) 341–362. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • Yu. Nesterov, A method for solving the convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Math. Dokl. 27 (1983) 372–376.
  • Y. T. Lee, A. Sidford, Efficient accelerated coordinate descent methods and faster algorithms for solving linear systems, FOCS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1305.1922
  • O. Fercoq, P. Richtárik, Accelerated, parallel and proximal coordinate descent, SIAM J. Optim. 25(4) (2015) 1997–2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1312.5799
  • Z. Allen-Zhu, Z. Qu, P. Richtárik, Y. Yuan, Even faster accelerated coordinate descent using non-uniform sampling, ICML 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1512.09103
  • S. Bubeck, Convex optimization: algorithms and complexity, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 8 (2015), §3.7 (Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent, formalized on Prove2Me as ConvexOptAlg.NesterovSmooth.theorem_3_19). https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 3: Winnow Makes at Most (Σₜ fₜ(u) + k log(d)/η)/(1 − 2η) Mistakes, and 8k log d on Separable k-Literal DisjunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

A monotone disjunction over ddd Boolean variables is a rule of the form x[i1]∨⋯∨x[ik]x[i_1]\vee\dots\vee x[i_k]x[i1​]∨⋯∨x[ik​]. Learning such a rule online — predicting the label of each example before it is revealed and paying one unit per wrong prediction — is the basic test case for learning when only a few of many features matter. Littlestone's Winnow algorithm (Littlestone 1988) learns a kkk-literal disjunction with O(klog⁡d)O(k\log d)O(klogd) mistakes, while additive algorithms such as the Perceptron need a number of mistakes that grows linearly in ddd on the same problem. Kivinen and Warmuth (1997) placed this gap inside a general theory of multiplicative versus additive updates. Shalev-Shwartz's survey (2011) derives Winnow as a special case of Online Mirror Descent with an unnormalized entropy regularizer, and obtains its mistake bound from a general local-norm regret bound. This mission formalizes that derivation.

Setting

Throughout, labels are yt∈{−1,1}y_t\in\{-1,1\}yt​∈{−1,1} and instances are xt∈{0,1}dx_t\in\{0,1\}^dxt​∈{0,1}d. For u∈{0,1}du\in\{0,1\}^du∈{0,1}d with ∥u∥1=k\|u\|_1=k∥u∥1​=k, the hypothesis x↦sign⁡(⟨u,x⟩−1/2)x\mapsto\operatorname{sign}(\langle u,x\rangle-1/2)x↦sign(⟨u,x⟩−1/2) is the disjunction of the kkk variables with u[i]=1u[i]=1u[i]=1. A weight vector www errs on (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) when y(2⟨w,x⟩−1)≤0y(2\langle w,x\rangle-1)\le0y(2⟨w,x⟩−1)≤0.

Winnow with parameter η>0\eta>0η>0 starts from w1=(1/d,…,1/d)w_1=(1/d,\dots,1/d)w1​=(1/d,…,1/d). On round ttt it receives xtx_txt​, predicts sign⁡(2⟨wt,xt⟩−1)\operatorname{sign}(2\langle w_t,x_t\rangle-1)sign(2⟨wt​,xt​⟩−1), and receives yty_tyt​. If yt(2⟨wt,xt⟩−1)≤0y_t(2\langle w_t,x_t\rangle-1)\le0yt​(2⟨wt​,xt​⟩−1)≤0 it sets wt+1[i]=wt[i]e2ηytxt[i]w_{t+1}[i]=w_t[i]e^{2\eta y_tx_t[i]}wt+1​[i]=wt​[i]e2ηyt​xt​[i] for every iii; otherwise wt+1=wtw_{t+1}=w_twt+1​=wt​. The set M\mathcal MM collects the rounds on which it errs. On those rounds the surrogate loss is the hinge loss ft(w)=[1−yt(2⟨w,xt⟩−1)]+f_t(w)=[1-y_t(2\langle w,x_t\rangle-1)]_+ft​(w)=[1−yt​(2⟨w,xt​⟩−1)]+​, and ft=0f_t=0ft​=0 on all other rounds.

Unnormalized Exponentiated Gradient with parameters η,λ>0\eta,\lambda>0η,λ>0, run on linear losses zt∈Rdz_t\in\mathbb R^dzt​∈Rd, keeps wt[i]=λe−ηz1:t−1[i]w_t[i]=\lambda e^{-\eta z_{1:t-1}[i]}wt​[i]=λe−ηz1:t−1​[i], where z1:t−1=∑s<tzsz_{1:t-1}=\sum_{s<t}z_sz1:t−1​=∑s<t​zs​. Winnow is this algorithm with λ=1/d\lambda=1/dλ=1/d and zt=−2ytxtz_t=-2y_tx_tzt​=−2yt​xt​ on t∈Mt\in\mathcal Mt∈M, zt=0z_t=0zt​=0 otherwise.

Online Mirror Descent (OMD) with link function ggg predicts wt=g(−z1:t−1)w_t=g(-z_{1:t-1})wt​=g(−z1:t−1​). Its analysis uses the Fenchel conjugate R⋆(θ)=sup⁡w∈S(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w))R^\star(\theta)=\sup_{w\in S}(\langle w,\theta\rangle-R(w))R⋆(θ)=supw∈S​(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w)) of a regularizer RRR on a set SSS, and the Bregman divergence DF(a∥b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩D_F(a\|b)=F(a)-F(b)-\langle\nabla F(b),a-b\rangleDF​(a∥b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.10

For 0<η<1/20<\eta<1/20<η<1/2, k≥1k\ge1k≥1 and every u∈{0,1}du\in\{0,1\}^du∈{0,1}d with ∥u∥1=k\|u\|_1=k∥u∥1​=k,

∣M∣≤∑t=1Tft(wt)≤11−2η(∑t=1Tft(u)+klog⁡dη),|\mathcal M|\le\sum_{t=1}^T f_t(w_t)\le\frac{1}{1-2\eta}\Bigl(\sum_{t=1}^T f_t(u)+\frac{k\log d}{\eta}\Bigr),∣M∣≤t=1∑T​ft​(wt​)≤1−2η1​(t=1∑T​ft​(u)+ηklogd​),

and if yt(2⟨u,xt⟩−1)≥1y_t(2\langle u,x_t\rangle-1)\ge1yt​(2⟨u,xt​⟩−1)≥1 for all ttt, the run with η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4 satisfies

∣M∣≤8klog⁡d.|\mathcal M|\le8k\log d.∣M∣≤8klogd.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.20: for OMD with link g=∇R⋆g=\nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆ and every u∈Su\in Su∈S,
∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤R(u)−R(w1)+∑t=1TDR⋆(−z1:t∥−z1:t−1),\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w_t-u,z_t\rangle\le R(u)-R(w_1)+\sum_{t=1}^TD_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\|-z_{1:t-1}),t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤R(u)−R(w1​)+t=1∑T​DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​),

with equality at a minimizer of R(u)+∑t⟨u,zt⟩R(u)+\sum_t\langle u,z_t\rangleR(u)+∑t​⟨u,zt​⟩. 2. Theorem 2.23: if ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i]\ge-1ηzt​[i]≥−1 for all t,it,it,i, then for all u≥0u\ge0u≥0

∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤dλ+∑iu[i]log⁡(u[i]/(eλ))η+η∑t=1T∑iwt[i]zt[i]2,\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w_t-u,z_t\rangle\le\frac{d\lambda+\sum_iu[i]\log(u[i]/(e\lambda))}{\eta}+\eta\sum_{t=1}^T\sum_iw_t[i]z_t[i]^2,t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤ηdλ+∑i​u[i]log(u[i]/(eλ))​+ηt=1∑T​i∑​wt​[i]zt​[i]2,

together with its specialization to λ=1/d\lambda=1/dλ=1/d. 3. (3.3): ∑t(ft(wt)−ft(u))≤∑t⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤klog⁡(d)/η+η∑t∑iwt[i]zt[i]2\sum_t(f_t(w_t)-f_t(u))\le\sum_t\langle w_t-u,z_t\rangle\le k\log(d)/\eta+\eta\sum_t\sum_iw_t[i]z_t[i]^2∑t​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(u))≤∑t​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤klog(d)/η+η∑t​∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2 for Winnow. 4. (3.4): ∑iwt[i]zt[i]2≤2ft(wt)\sum_iw_t[i]z_t[i]^2\le2f_t(w_t)∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2≤2ft​(wt​) for every round.

Significance

The theorem gives a mistake bound for learning sparse disjunctions that is logarithmic in the number of irrelevant features, against the 4(d+1)k4(d+1)k4(d+1)k of the Perceptron run on the same surrogate (p. 173). The first inequality also covers non-separable data: the bound degrades by ∑tft(u)\sum_tf_t(u)∑t​ft​(u), the total hinge violation of the best disjunction. The milestones are general and carry weight beyond Winnow. Lemma 2.20 is the standard duality form of the OMD regret bound. Theorem 2.23 is a local-norm bound that also allows negative losses down to −1/η-1/\eta−1/η.

All four results are proved on paper. To our knowledge none has a machine-checked proof, in Lean or elsewhere. This mission produces such proofs for the survey's own route: OMD duality, then unnormalized EG, then Winnow.

Difficulty

The obvious route bounds Winnow directly with a potential function, but the survey's statement sits at the end of a chain. The chain needs Fenchel–Young with an attained supremum, a telescoping identity for the conjugate, and the inequality e−a≤1−a+a2e^{-a}\le1-a+a^2e−a≤1−a+a2 for a≥−1a\ge-1a≥−1. It also needs a reduction in which the surrogate losses ftf_tft​ depend on the algorithm's own error set M\mathcal MM. Since ftf_tft​ is defined after the run, the subgradient inequality must be argued for exactly these losses. The bound 1+∑iu[i]log⁡(du[i]/e)≤klog⁡d1+\sum_iu[i]\log(du[i]/e)\le k\log d1+∑i​u[i]log(du[i]/e)≤klogd uses that uuu is Boolean and that k≥1k\ge1k≥1; for fractional u∈[0,1]du\in[0,1]^du∈[0,1]d or for k=0k=0k=0 it fails. Solving (3.3) and (3.4) for ∑tft(wt)\sum_tf_t(w_t)∑t​ft​(wt​) needs 1−2η>01-2\eta>01−2η>0.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ with explicit sums ∑i\sum_i∑i​; Lemma 2.20 is stated in an arbitrary real Hilbert space. Rounds are numbered 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1 in place of 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T. Instances, labels and comparators carry the hypotheses xt[i]∈{0,1}x_t[i]\in\{0,1\}xt​[i]∈{0,1}, yt∈{−1,1}y_t\in\{-1,1\}yt​∈{−1,1}, u[i]∈{0,1}u[i]\in\{0,1\}u[i]∈{0,1}, ∑iu[i]=k\sum_iu[i]=k∑i​u[i]=k. log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm, and 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0 through Real.log 0 = 0.

Erratum corrected. The Winnow box on p. 173 prints the update wt+1[i]=wt[i]e−η2ytxt[i]w_{t+1}[i]=w_t[i]e^{-\eta2y_tx_t[i]}wt+1​[i]=wt​[i]e−η2yt​xt​[i], and the proof on p. 174 uses zt=2ytxtz_t=2y_tx_tzt​=2yt​xt​. With that sign the algorithm demotes on a false negative, and Theorem 3.10 is false. Take d=2d=2d=2, k=1k=1k=1, u=(1,0)u=(1,0)u=(1,0), η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4, and xt=(1,0)x_t=(1,0)xt​=(1,0), yt=1y_t=1yt​=1 on every round. The margin condition holds, and w1=(1/2,1/2)w_1=(1/2,1/2)w1​=(1/2,1/2) errs on round 1. The printed update only shrinks w[1]w[1]w[1], so every round is an error, and T=6T=6T=6 exceeds 8log⁡2≈5.558\log2\approx5.558log2≈5.55. On an error round the hinge surrogate has gradient −2ytxt-2y_tx_t−2yt​xt​ at wtw_twt​. The mission therefore formalizes the update wt+1[i]=wt[i]e2ηytxt[i]w_{t+1}[i]=w_t[i]e^{2\eta y_tx_t[i]}wt+1​[i]=wt​[i]e2ηyt​xt​[i] (Littlestone's Winnow) and zt=−2ytxtz_t=-2y_tx_tzt​=−2yt​xt​ on M\mathcal MM. With this update the run above errs once. The milestone texts are quoted verbatim, with the printed sign.

Implicit hypotheses made explicit.

  • η>0\eta>0η>0 is Winnow's parameter.
  • The goal requires η<1/2\eta<1/2η<1/2: at η=1/2\eta=1/2η=1/2 the factor 1/(1−2η)1/(1-2\eta)1/(1−2η) is undefined.
  • k≥1k\ge1k≥1 is required: the theorem fails for k=0k=0k=0 (take u=0u=0u=0, d=2d=2d=2, xt=(1,1)x_t=(1,1)xt​=(1,1), yt=−1y_t=-1yt​=−1).
  • The particular case is a statement about the separate run with η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4, and its margin condition is required on the TTT rounds considered.
  • The milestone (3.3) keeps the page's η≤1/2\eta\le1/2η≤1/2.

Conventions.

  • M\mathcal MM contains ties (yt(2⟨wt,xt⟩−1)=0y_t(2\langle w_t,x_t\rangle-1)=0yt​(2⟨wt​,xt​⟩−1)=0), as in the proof on p. 174.
  • In Lemma 2.20, "g=∇R⋆g=\nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆" is three hypotheses: g(θ)∈Sg(\theta)\in Sg(θ)∈S, g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) attains the conjugate's supremum, and R⋆R^\starR⋆ has gradient g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) at θ\thetaθ. The comparator ranges over SSS.
  • Theorem 2.23's ∥u∥1\|u\|_1∥u∥1​ is ∑iu[i]\sum_iu[i]∑i​u[i], which equals it because u≥0u\ge0u≥0.

The bounds carry no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) and no constant is instantiated. A trivializing formalization is ruled out: ftf_tft​ is the run's own surrogate, not a free function, and the η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4 conjunct quantifies over the η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4 weights.

Infrastructure needed: conjugates and the Fenchel–Young inequality on a subtype, telescoping sums, elementary exponential inequalities, and the case analysis on {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued data. Lemma 2.20 and Theorem 2.23 are reusable for other OMD and EG analyses. Lemma 2.20 is also stated in the companion mission on normalized EG. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to the goal, are welcome. Excluded: the Perceptron comparison 4(d+1)k4(d+1)k4(d+1)k (p. 173), and Theorem 3.9 (Perceptron), which is already proved on the platform.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2) (2011) 107–194. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000018
  • N. Littlestone, Learning quickly when irrelevant attributes abound: a new linear-threshold algorithm, Machine Learning 2 (1988) 285–318. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00116827
  • J. Kivinen, M. K. Warmuth, Exponentiated gradient versus gradient descent for linear predictors, Information and Computation 132(1) (1997) 1–63. https://doi.org/10.1006/inco.1996.2612
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 2: On a Regularized Objective, RCDM(1, x₀) Finds an ε-Solution with Probability ≥ β Within the Iteration Bound (3.11)Research Paper

Motivation

Randomized coordinate descent updates one block of variables per iteration, chosen at random. For problems whose dimension makes even one full gradient expensive (the "huge-scale" problems of the title, such as sparse least squares or truss topology design), a coordinate step can cost a tiny fraction of a gradient step. Nesterov's paper (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 341–362) gave the first global complexity bounds for such methods with non-uniform sampling, and it is the reference point for the later literature on randomized block methods (Richtárik and Takáč 2014, Lu and Xiao 2015, Allen-Zhu et al. 2016).

The first results of the paper (Theorem 1, the subject of a companion mission) bound the expected objective value after k iterations. An expected bound does not say what happens in a single run. This mission formalizes the paper's answer to that question in §3: by running the method on a slightly regularized objective, one run returns an ε-solution with any prescribed probability β, after a number of iterations that grows only logarithmically in 1/(1 − β).

Setting

The variable space is a product RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​ of n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks; a point xxx has blocks x(i)x^{(i)}x(i), and UihU_ihUi​h is the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks vanish. In this mission each block carries a Euclidean norm ∥h(i)∥(i)2=⟨Bih(i),h(i)⟩\|h^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2=\langle B_ih^{(i)},h^{(i)}\rangle∥h(i)∥(i)2​=⟨Bi​h(i),h(i)⟩ with Bi≻0B_i\succ0Bi​≻0 (3.4), and the whole space carries

∥h∥02=∑i=1n∥h(i)∥(i)2,∥g∥0∗=[∑i=1n(∥g(i)∥(i)∗)2]1/2.\|h\|_0^2=\sum_{i=1}^n\|h^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2,\qquad \|g\|_0^*=\Big[\sum_{i=1}^n\big(\|g^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^*\big)^2\Big]^{1/2}.∥h∥02​=i=1∑n​∥h(i)∥(i)2​,∥g∥0∗​=[i=1∑n​(∥g(i)∥(i)∗​)2]1/2.

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, has a minimizer x∗x_*x∗​ with value f∗f^*f∗, and its partial gradients fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) are Lipschitz along their own block with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 (2.2): ∥fi′(x+Uih)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥h∥(i)\|f'_i(x+U_ih)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h\|_{(i)}∥fi′​(x+Ui​h)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥h∥(i)​. Write Sα=∑iLiαS_\alpha=\sum_iL_i^\alphaSα​=∑i​Liα​.

The method RCDM(α,x0)(\alpha,x_0)(α,x0​) (2.6) draws, independently at each step, block iii with probability Liα/SαL_i^\alpha/S_\alphaLiα​/Sα​ and replaces xxx by Ti(x)=x−1LiUifi′(x)#T_i(x)=x-\frac1{L_i}U_if'_i(x)^\#Ti​(x)=x−Li​1​Ui​fi′​(x)#, where s#s^\#s# is a maximizer of ⟨s,x⟩−12∥x∥2\langle s,x\rangle-\frac12\|x\|^2⟨s,x⟩−21​∥x∥2 (1.8). The quantity ϕk\phi_kϕk​ is the expectation of f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) over the first kkk draws.

The level-set radius is R0(x0)=max⁡x{max⁡x∗∥x−x∗∥0:f(x)≤f(x0)}R_0(x_0)=\max_x\{\max_{x_*}\|x-x_*\|_0: f(x)\le f(x_0)\}R0​(x0​)=maxx​{maxx∗​​∥x−x∗​∥0​:f(x)≤f(x0​)}, and for μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the regularized objective is

fμ(x)=f(x)+μ2∥x−x0∥02.f_\mu(x)=f(x)+\frac\mu2\|x-x_0\|_0^2 .fμ​(x)=f(x)+2μ​∥x−x0​∥02​.

It has block constants Li+μL_i+\muLi​+μ, so RCDM(1,x0)(1,x_0)(1,x0​) applied to fμf_\mufμ​ samples block iii with probability (Li+μ)/(S1+nμ)(L_i+\mu)/(S_1+n\mu)(Li​+μ)/(S1​+nμ) and steps with 1/(Li+μ)1/(L_i+\mu)1/(Li​+μ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 11)

For ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), μ=ϵ/(4R02(x0))\mu=\epsilon/(4R_0^2(x_0))μ=ϵ/(4R02​(x0​)) and

k ≥ 2[n+4S1R02(x0)ϵ](ln⁡11−β+ln⁡(12+2S1R02(x0)ϵ)),k\ \ge\ 2\Big[n+\frac{4S_1R_0^2(x_0)}{\epsilon}\Big]\Big(\ln\frac1{1-\beta}+\ln\Big(\frac12+\frac{2S_1R_0^2(x_0)}{\epsilon}\Big)\Big),k ≥ 2[n+ϵ4S1​R02​(x0​)​](ln1−β1​+ln(21​+ϵ2S1​R02​(x0​)​)),

the point xkx_kxk​ produced by RCDM(1,x0)(1,x_0)(1,x0​) on fμf_\mufμ​ satisfies

Prob(f(xk)−f∗≤ϵ)≥β.\mathrm{Prob}\big(f(x_k)-f^*\le\epsilon\big)\ge\beta .Prob(f(xk​)−f∗≤ϵ)≥β.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2 (p. 9), for arbitrary block norms: if fff is σ\sigmaσ-strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1−α\|\cdot\|_{1-\alpha}∥⋅∥1−α​, then ϕk−f∗≤(1−σ/Sα)k(f(x0)−f∗)\phi_k-f^*\le(1-\sigma/S_\alpha)^k(f(x_0)-f^*)ϕk​−f∗≤(1−σ/Sα​)k(f(x0​)−f∗).
  2. The constants of fμf_\mufμ​ (p. 11): fμf_\mufμ​ is μ\muμ-strongly convex in ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​, has block constants Li+μL_i+\muLi​+μ, so that S1(fμ)=S1(f)+nμS_1(f_\mu)=S_1(f)+n\muS1​(fμ​)=S1​(f)+nμ, and its gradient is (S1(f)+μ)(S_1(f)+\mu)(S1​(f)+μ)-Lipschitz in ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​.
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 11): E ∥∇fμ(xk)∥0∗≤[2(S1+μ)(f(x0)−f∗)(1−μ/(S1+nμ))k]1/2\mathbb E\,\|\nabla f_\mu(x_k)\|_0^*\le\big[2(S_1+\mu)(f(x_0)-f^*)(1-\mu/(S_1+n\mu))^k\big]^{1/2}E∥∇fμ​(xk​)∥0∗​≤[2(S1​+μ)(f(x0​)−f∗)(1−μ/(S1​+nμ))k]1/2.

Significance

Theorem 4 turns an in-expectation guarantee into a single-run guarantee with an explicit, non-asymptotic iteration count. Its dependence on the confidence level is logarithmic, so very high confidence costs little; and the count O((n+S1R02/ϵ)log⁡(1/ϵ))O\big((n+S_1R_0^2/\epsilon)\log(1/\epsilon)\big)O((n+S1​R02​/ϵ)log(1/ϵ)) replaces the largest eigenvalue of the Hessian, which governs the full gradient method, by the trace-type quantity S1S_1S1​, which for sparse problems makes groups of nnn coordinate steps competitive with one gradient step. Theorem 2 is the linear-rate result for strongly convex objectives that later analyses of randomized block methods take as their starting point.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is formalized in the block setting. The scalar Euclidean case ni=1n_i=1ni​=1 of Theorem 2 is proved on Prove2Me as ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.theorem_6_8 (Bubeck, Theorem 6.8), and the bound (3.2), f(x)−f∗≤12σ(∥∇f(x)∥∗)2f(x)-f^*\le\frac1{2\sigma}(\|\nabla f(x)\|^*)^2f(x)−f∗≤2σ1​(∥∇f(x)∥∗)2 for a σ\sigmaσ-strongly convex fff in any norm, is proved as ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.lemma_6_9. This mission adds block variables with general norms (Theorem 2), the regularization constants, the gradient-norm bound, and the high-probability statement itself, which has no formalized counterpart.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails. Theorem 2 controls the expected suboptimality of fμf_\mufμ​, not of fff, and Markov's inequality applied to fμ(xk)−fμ∗f_\mu(x_k)-f_\mu^*fμ​(xk​)−fμ∗​ does not reach accuracy ε: fμ∗f_\mu^*fμ∗​ and f∗f^*f∗ differ by an amount comparable to ε, and the contraction factor itself depends on μ. Relating the run on fμf_\mufμ​ to the original problem requires the global Lipschitz constant of ∇fμ\nabla f_\mu∇fμ​ in ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​, which for fff is the weighted co-coercivity statement of Lemma 2 of the paper and is not a consequence of (2.2) alone without convexity. The constants of (3.11) are exact, including the factor 2 and the ½, so no estimate may lose a constant. Finally, the iterates depend on all previous draws, so even the finite-sum expectations need a careful account of linearity and of conditioning on the last draw.

Formalization scope

  • RN\mathbb R^NRN is the dependent product Blocks E of finite-dimensional real spaces E i indexed by Fin n (0-based for the paper's 1, …, n). Euclidean blocks (3.4) are inner-product spaces, with BiB_iBi​ absorbed into the inner product; Theorem 2 is stated for arbitrary normed blocks. The dual norm of a block is the operator norm of a functional.
  • The draws are explicit sequences Fin k → Fin n; expectations and probabilities are finite sums weighted by ∏sp(is)\prod_sp(i_s)∏s​p(is​). No measure theory is involved.
  • The vectors s#s^\#s# are an arbitrary selection satisfying (1.8); the theorems hold for every selection.
  • R0(x0)R_0(x_0)R0​(x0​) is replaced by any positive upper bound RRR (every point of the level set within RRR of every minimizer), and μ=ϵ/(4R2)\mu=\epsilon/(4R^2)μ=ϵ/(4R2) is defined from it. The paper's theorem is the case R=R0(x0)R=R_0(x_0)R=R0​(x0​); R>0R>0R>0 excludes the case R0(x0)=0R_0(x_0)=0R0​(x0​)=0, in which the paper's μ is undefined.
  • Explicit hypotheses the paper leaves implicit: n≥1n\ge1n≥1, Li>0L_i>0Li​>0, fff convex and differentiable, existence of a minimizer, and ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) (fixed on p. 10).
  • The paper prints Theorem 2's left side as ϕk−ϕ∗\phi_k-\phi^*ϕk​−ϕ∗; the statement uses ϕk−f∗\phi_k-f^*ϕk​−f∗, which is what its proof establishes.
  • The run in Theorem 4 and Lemma 4 is on fμf_\mufμ​ with fμf_\mufμ​'s constants Li+μL_i+\muLi​+μ (step and sampling); the event of Theorem 4 is about fff and f∗f^*f∗ of the original problem. Running RCDM with fff's constants LiL_iLi​, or stating the event for fμf_\mufμ​, would be a different theorem.
  • Lemma 3 and Theorem 3 (the variant in the norm ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​) are not posed: applied to fμf_\mufμ​ with constants (1+μ)Li(1+\mu)L_i(1+μ)Li​, Theorem 2 gives a contraction factor weaker than the printed 1−μ/n1-\mu/n1−μ/n, and the paper's argument does not establish them as printed.

Contributions are welcome on the probabilistic bookkeeping for expect (normalization, linearity, conditioning on the last draw, Jensen for a concave function), which is reusable by every mission of this series; on Lemma 2 of the paper in the block setting; and on the milestones in the stated order.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. https://core.ac.uk/download/6430808.pdf
  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 22(2), 341–362, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 231–357, 2015, §6.4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • P. Richtárik and M. Takáč, Iteration complexity of randomized block-coordinate descent methods for minimizing a composite function, Mathematical Programming 144, 1–38, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0614-z
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 1: Random Block Coordinate Descent RCDM(α, x₀) Has Expected Error at Most 2·S_α·R²_{1−α}(x₀)/(k + 4)Research Paper

Motivation

Many large optimization problems arising in machine learning, statistics and network analysis have so many variables that computing a single full gradient is already expensive, while a single partial derivative, or a gradient with respect to a small block of variables, is cheap. Coordinate descent methods exploit this: at each iteration they update one block of variables only. They are among the oldest methods of numerical optimization, but for a long time their worst-case efficiency was not understood, because deterministic rules for choosing the next coordinate (cyclic order, greedy choice) are hard to analyse globally.

Nesterov (2010/2012) showed that choosing the coordinate at random, with probabilities tied to the coordinate-wise Lipschitz constants of the gradient, yields clean global complexity bounds. This paper started the modern theory of randomized coordinate descent, which was then extended to composite objectives, parallel and accelerated variants, and became a standard tool for huge-scale problems. This mission formalizes the first of its results: the expected sublinear rate of the basic method RCDM(α,x0)(\alpha,x_0)(α,x0​) (Theorem 1 of the CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2).

Setting

The variable x∈RNx\in\mathbb R^Nx∈RN is split into n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks, RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​. Write x(i)∈Rnix^{(i)}\in\mathbb R^{n_i}x(i)∈Rni​ for the iii-th block and UihU_ihUi​h for the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks vanish. Each block space carries a norm ∥⋅∥(i)\|\cdot\|_{(i)}∥⋅∥(i)​ with dual norm ∥s∥(i)∗=max⁡∥h∥(i)=1⟨s,h⟩\|s\|^*_{(i)}=\max_{\|h\|_{(i)}=1}\langle s,h\rangle∥s∥(i)∗​=max∥h∥(i)​=1​⟨s,h⟩.

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, and its set X∗X_*X∗​ of minimizers is nonempty and bounded; f∗f^*f∗ is its optimal value. The partial gradient fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) is the iii-th block of the gradient. The gradient is coordinate-wise Lipschitz with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0:

∥fi′(x+Uihi)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥hi∥(i)(2.2)\|f'_i(x+U_ih_i)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h_i\|_{(i)}\qquad(2.2)∥fi′​(x+Ui​hi​)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥hi​∥(i)​(2.2)

for all xxx, iii and hi∈Rnih_i\in\mathbb R^{n_i}hi​∈Rni​.

For a linear functional sss, s#s^\#s# is any maximizer of ⟨s,x⟩−12∥x∥2\langle s,x\rangle-\frac12\|x\|^2⟨s,x⟩−21​∥x∥2. The optimal coordinate step is Ti(x)=x−1LiUifi′(x)#T_i(x)=x-\frac1{L_i}U_if'_i(x)^\#Ti​(x)=x−Li​1​Ui​fi′​(x)#. For α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R let Sα=∑i=1nLiαS_\alpha=\sum_{i=1}^nL_i^\alphaSα​=∑i=1n​Liα​ and pα(i)=Liα/Sαp_\alpha^{(i)}=L_i^\alpha/S_\alphapα(i)​=Liα​/Sα​. The method RCDM(α,x0)(\alpha,x_0)(α,x0​) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0, draws iki_kik​ independently with Pr⁡(ik=i)=pα(i)\Pr(i_k=i)=p^{(i)}_\alphaPr(ik​=i)=pα(i)​ and sets xk+1=Tik(xk)x_{k+1}=T_{i_k}(x_k)xk+1​=Tik​​(xk​). Its expected objective value is φk=Eξk−1f(xk)\varphi_k=E_{\xi_{k-1}}f(x_k)φk​=Eξk−1​​f(xk​), the expectation over the draws ξk−1=(i0,…,ik−1)\xi_{k-1}=(i_0,\dots,i_{k-1})ξk−1​=(i0​,…,ik−1​).

The weighted norms are ∥x∥β=[∑iLiβ∥x(i)∥(i)2]1/2\|x\|_\beta=\big[\sum_iL_i^\beta\|x^{(i)}\|^2_{(i)}\big]^{1/2}∥x∥β​=[∑i​Liβ​∥x(i)∥(i)2​]1/2 and ∥g∥β∗=[∑iLi−β(∥g(i)∥(i)∗)2]1/2\|g\|^*_\beta=\big[\sum_iL_i^{-\beta}(\|g^{(i)}\|^*_{(i)})^2\big]^{1/2}∥g∥β∗​=[∑i​Li−β​(∥g(i)∥(i)∗​)2]1/2, and the size of the initial level set is

Rβ(x0)=max⁡x{max⁡x∗∈X∗∥x−x∗∥β: f(x)≤f(x0)}.R_\beta(x_0)=\max_x\Big\{\max_{x_*\in X_*}\|x-x_*\|_\beta:\ f(x)\le f(x_0)\Big\}.Rβ​(x0​)=xmax​{x∗​∈X∗​max​∥x−x∗​∥β​: f(x)≤f(x0​)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

φk−f∗≤2k+4⋅[∑j=1nLjα]⋅R1−α2(x0).\varphi_k-f^*\le\frac2{k+4}\cdot\Big[\sum_{j=1}^nL_j^\alpha\Big]\cdot R^2_{1-\alpha}(x_0).φk​−f∗≤k+42​⋅[j=1∑n​Ljα​]⋅R1−α2​(x0​).

The statement holds for every real α\alphaα, every choice of the vectors s#s^\#s#, and every block decomposition with arbitrary block norms. With α=0\alpha=0α=0 (uniform sampling) it reads φk−f∗≤2nk+4R12(x0)\varphi_k-f^*\le\frac{2n}{k+4}R_1^2(x_0)φk​−f∗≤k+42n​R12​(x0​).

Milestones

  1. ∥s#∥=∥s∥∗\|s^\#\|=\|s\|_*∥s#∥=∥s∥∗​ (§1, after (1.8)).
  2. The block descent inequality (2.3).
  3. The guaranteed decrease of an optimal coordinate step, f(x)−f(Ti(x))≥12Li(∥fi′(x)∥(i)∗)2f(x)-f(T_i(x))\ge\frac1{2L_i}(\|f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)})^2f(x)−f(Ti​(x))≥2Li​1​(∥fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​)2 (2.4).
  4. Lemma 2: the weighted Lipschitz bound ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥1−α∗≤Sα∥x−y∥1−α\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|^*_{1-\alpha}\le S_\alpha\|x-y\|_{1-\alpha}∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥1−α∗​≤Sα​∥x−y∥1−α​ (2.9) and the quadratic upper bound (2.10).
  5. The expected one-step decrease (2.13).
  6. The recursion φk−φk+1≥1C(φk−f∗)2\varphi_k-\varphi_{k+1}\ge\frac1C(\varphi_k-f^*)^2φk​−φk+1​≥C1​(φk​−f∗)2 with C=2SαR1−α2(x0)C=2S_\alpha R^2_{1-\alpha}(x_0)C=2Sα​R1−α2​(x0​).
  7. Lemma 1, a block-diagonal Loewner bound for positive semidefinite matrices, which the paper states in §1 but does not use later.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the first global efficiency estimate for a coordinate descent method on general smooth convex functions. Its constant is governed by SαS_\alphaSα​, an average of the coordinate Lipschitz constants, rather than by the global Lipschitz constant of the gradient; for α=1\alpha=1α=1 and Euclidean blocks this makes the method competitive with the full-gradient method even when partial derivatives are not cheap, and much faster when they are. The later results of the paper (linear convergence under strong convexity, high-probability bounds, the constrained and accelerated variants, adaptive Lipschitz estimates) reuse the objects and the one-step estimates of this mission.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. As far as we know it has not been machine-checked. The platform contains a related item, ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.theorem_6_7 (Bubeck's monograph, Theorem 6.7, open), which treats scalar Euclidean coordinates, α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0, and the weaker factor 2/(t−1)2/(t-1)2/(t−1); together with its proved one-step lemmas (thm_6_7_coord_step, thm_6_7_expected_decrease) it covers the special case ni=1n_i=1ni​=1 of milestones 3 and 5. This mission states the result in the paper's generality: arbitrary blocks and block norms, non-Euclidean dual norms through s#s^\#s#, every real α\alphaα, and the constant 2/(k+4)2/(k+4)2/(k+4).

Difficulty

The bound is a statement about an expectation, not about individual runs: the recursion on φk\varphi_kφk​ needs Jensen's inequality, E[(f(xk)−f∗)2]≥(φk−f∗)2E[(f(x_k)-f^*)^2]\ge(\varphi_k-f^*)^2E[(f(xk​)−f∗)2]≥(φk​−f∗)2, and the fact that every run stays in the initial level set, so that R1−α(x0)R_{1-\alpha}(x_0)R1−α​(x0​) controls f(xk)−f∗f(x_k)-f^*f(xk​)−f∗ along every path. Lemma 2 is the step that links the coordinate-wise condition (2.2) to the weighted full gradient, and it is easy to misjudge: it is false without convexity, since f(x)=x1x2f(x)=x_1x_2f(x)=x1​x2​ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 satisfies (2.2) with arbitrarily small constants. The non-Euclidean block norms add a layer of convex analysis (the dual norm, the vector s#s^\#s# and its identities) on top of the probabilistic bookkeeping.

Formalization scope

  • RN\mathbb R^NRN is the dependent product Blocks E =∏i: Fin nEi=\prod_{i:\,\texttt{Fin }n}E_i=∏i:Fin n​Ei​ of finite-dimensional real normed spaces; indices are 0-based. The norm Lean puts on the product is never used; statements use only the block norms and the weighted norms (2.7).
  • The dual norm is the operator norm of E i →L[ℝ] ℝ; the partial gradient is the derivative of fff composed with the inclusion of block iii.
  • s#s^\#s# is an arbitrary selection satisfying (1.8) (IsSharpSelection); all results quantify over every selection.
  • Random draws are explicit index sequences, so φk\varphi_kφk​ is a finite sum over {0,…,n−1}k\{0,\dots,n-1\}^k{0,…,n−1}k weighted by products of the probabilities (2.5). No measure theory is involved.
  • R1−α(x0)R_{1-\alpha}(x_0)R1−α​(x0​) is never computed as a supremum: the statements assume an upper bound RRR (every point of the level set is within RRR of every minimizer), which is equivalent when the maximum is finite.
  • Explicit hypotheses the paper leaves implicit: n≥1n\ge1n≥1, Li>0L_i>0Li​>0, and convexity of fff in Lemma 2 (the standing assumption of §2, used in its proof). α\alphaα is any real number; the remark "SαS_\alphaSα​ … with α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0" on p. 6 is notation and is not imposed.
  • The recursion of milestone 6 is stated multiplied by CCC, so that no statement divides by a quantity that may vanish.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: replacing φk\varphi_kφk​ by f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) along a single path, taking R1−α(x0)R_{1-\alpha}(x_0)R1−α​(x0​) as a supremum that defaults to 000 on unbounded level sets, or fixing one particular s#s^\#s# would each change the theorem, and none is used. A sorry-free check confirms that all hypotheses of the goal hold for n=1n=1n=1, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2, x0=1x_0=1x0​=1, R=1R=1R=1.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the one-step estimates (2.3), (2.4), (2.13), which need a block mean-value argument and the convex analysis of s#s^\#s#; Lemma 2, which needs the convex conjugate argument of its proof; and the final summation argument. The block encoding and the identities for s#s^\#s# are reusable for every other mission of this paper.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. https://core.ac.uk/download/6430808.pdf ; journal version: SIAM J. Optim. 22(2) (2012) 341–362, https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015, §6.4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004, §2.1 (the descent lemma behind (2.3)). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets 1: SAG with Step Size 1/(2nL) Converges Linearly at Rate (1 − μ/(8Ln))ᵏResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning and statistics minimize an average of nnn smooth losses, one per training example: regularized least squares, logistic regression, and other forms of empirical risk minimization. Two classical families of methods attack such finite sums. The full gradient method evaluates all nnn component gradients per iteration and converges linearly for strongly convex objectives, but each iteration costs nnn gradient evaluations. The stochastic gradient method evaluates a single component gradient per iteration, so its iterations are cheap, but it converges only sublinearly, at rate O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k), even under strong convexity.

Le Roux, Schmidt and Bach (arXiv:1202.6258, NIPS 2012) introduced the stochastic average gradient (SAG) method, which keeps a table of the most recently evaluated gradient of every component and moves along their average. It evaluates one component gradient per iteration, like the stochastic gradient method, and the paper proves that it nevertheless converges linearly in expectation. SAG was among the first of the variance-reduced incremental methods; SAGA (Defazio, Bach & Lacoste-Julien, 2014), SVRG (Johnson & Zhang, 2013) and their accelerated variants followed. Its predecessor, the incremental aggregated gradient method of Blatt, Hero & Gauchman (2007), selects the components cyclically and had a linear rate only for strongly convex quadratics, without an explicit constant.

This mission covers the paper's first main result, Proposition 1, which uses the step size 1/(2nL)1/(2nL)1/(2nL). The second result, Proposition 2, for the larger step size 1/(2nμ)1/(2n\mu)1/(2nμ), is a separate mission of this series.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rp→Rf_1,\dots,f_n:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rp→R and minimize

g(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x).g(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x).g(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x).

Each fif_ifi​ is convex and differentiable, and its gradient fi′f'_ifi′​ is Lipschitz continuous with constant L>0L>0L>0: ∥fi′(x)−fi′(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|f'_i(x)-f'_i(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ for all x,yx,yx,y. The average ggg is strongly convex with constant μ>0\mu>0μ>0: the function x↦g(x)−μ2∥x∥2x\mapsto g(x)-\frac\mu2\|x\|^2x↦g(x)−2μ​∥x∥2 is convex. Then ggg has a unique minimizer x∗x^*x∗. The gradient variance at the optimum is σ2=1n∑i=1n∥fi′(x∗)∥2\sigma^2=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\|f'_i(x^*)\|^2σ2=n1​∑i=1n​∥fi′​(x∗)∥2.

The SAG iteration with step size α\alphaα maintains a state θk=(y1k,…,ynk,xk)\theta^k=(y^k_1,\dots,y^k_n,x^k)θk=(y1k​,…,ynk​,xk). Starting from x0x^0x0 and the zero table yi0=0y^0_i=0yi0​=0, for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 an index iki_kik​ is drawn uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}, independently of the past, and

yik={fi′(xk−1)i=ik,yik−1otherwise,xk=xk−1−αn∑i=1nyik.y^k_i=\begin{cases}f'_i(x^{k-1}) & i=i_k,\\ y^{k-1}_i & \text{otherwise,}\end{cases} \qquad x^k=x^{k-1}-\frac{\alpha}{n}\sum_{i=1}^n y^k_i .yik​={fi′​(xk−1)yik−1​​i=ik​,otherwise,​xk=xk−1−nα​i=1∑n​yik​.

The table is refreshed before the iterate moves, so xkx^kxk uses the new gradient. Expectations are over the indices i1,…,iki_1,\dots,i_ki1​,…,ik​ only; the data are fixed.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 5)

With the constant step size α=12nL\alpha=\frac1{2nL}α=2nL1​, for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

E[∥xk−x∗∥2]≤(1−μ8Ln)k[3∥x0−x∗∥2+9σ24L2].\mathbb E\big[\|x^k-x^*\|^2\big]\le\Big(1-\frac{\mu}{8Ln}\Big)^k\Big[3\|x^0-x^*\|^2+\frac{9\sigma^2}{4L^2}\Big].E[∥xk−x∗∥2]≤(1−8Lnμ​)k[3∥x0−x∗∥2+4L29σ2​].

The constants are those printed in the paper.

Milestones (the steps of the proof in §A.5, pp. 16–23)

The proof tracks a quadratic Lyapunov function Q(θ)=(θ−θ∗)⊤P(θ−θ∗)Q(\theta)=(\theta-\theta^*)^\top P(\theta-\theta^*)Q(θ)=(θ−θ∗)⊤P(θ−θ∗) with θ∗=(f1′(x∗),…,fn′(x∗),x∗)\theta^*=(f'_1(x^*),\dots,f'_n(x^*),x^*)θ∗=(f1′​(x∗),…,fn′​(x∗),x∗) and an explicit block matrix PPP (p. 19). The milestones, in the order the proof uses them, are:

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 16): an exact formula for E[(θk−θ∗)⊤P(θk−θ∗)∣Fk−1]\mathbb E[(\theta^k-\theta^*)^\top P(\theta^k-\theta^*)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]E[(θk−θ∗)⊤P(θk−θ∗)∣Fk−1​] for an arbitrary block matrix PPP with symmetric diagonal blocks.
  2. Summed co-coercivity (p. 20): ∑i∥fi′(x)−fi′(x∗)∥2≤nL (g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗)\sum_i\|f'_i(x)-f'_i(x^*)\|^2\le nL\,(g'(x)-g'(x^*))^\top(x-x^*)∑i​∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(x∗)∥2≤nL(g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗).
  3. Completing the square (p. 21): s⊤Ms+s⊤t≤−14t⊤M−1ts^\top Ms+s^\top t\le-\frac14t^\top M^{-1}ts⊤Ms+s⊤t≤−41​t⊤M−1t for symmetric negative definite MMM.
  4. The one-step difference bound for 0≤δ≤13n0\le\delta\le\frac1{3n}0≤δ≤3n1​ and any α>0\alpha>0α>0 (p. 21).
  5. The one-step contraction E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1]≤(1−μ8nL)Q(θk−1)\mathbb E[Q(\theta^k)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]\le(1-\frac{\mu}{8nL})Q(\theta^{k-1})E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1​]≤(1−8nLμ​)Q(θk−1) at α=12nL\alpha=\frac1{2nL}α=2nL1​ (p. 22).
  6. EQ(θk)≤(1−μ8nL)kQ(θ0)\mathbb EQ(\theta^k)\le(1-\frac{\mu}{8nL})^kQ(\theta^0)EQ(θk)≤(1−8nLμ​)kQ(θ0) (p. 22).
  7. Q(θ)≥13∥x−x∗∥2Q(\theta)\ge\frac13\|x-x^*\|^2Q(θ)≥31​∥x−x∗∥2 (pp. 22–23).
  8. Q(θ0)=3σ24L2+∥x0−x∗∥2Q(\theta^0)=\frac{3\sigma^2}{4L^2}+\|x^0-x^*\|^2Q(θ0)=4L23σ2​+∥x0−x∗∥2 for y0=0y^0=0y0=0 (p. 23).

Significance

Proposition 1 gives a linear rate for a method whose per-iteration cost does not depend on nnn. Measured in passes through the data, its rate (1−μ8Ln)n≈e−μ/(8L)(1-\frac{\mu}{8Ln})^{n}\approx e^{-\mu/(8L)}(1−8Lnμ​)n≈e−μ/(8L) per pass is comparable to the full gradient method's, while each pass of SAG touches every component only once on average. The bound depends on the initial point only through ∥x0−x∗∥2\|x^0-x^*\|^2∥x0−x∗∥2 and on the data only through σ2\sigma^2σ2, which is zero when every component is minimized at x∗x^*x∗.

The result is proved in the paper and has been widely re-derived, but it has no machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. A formalization would be the first verified linear-rate theorem for SAG. Lemma 1 is an exact identity, valid for every quadratic Lyapunov function of the same block form, and is reused verbatim in the proof of Proposition 2. Milestones 2, 3 and 7 are general facts (co-coercivity, completing the square, a Schur-complement domination) that recur throughout the analysis of incremental methods.

Difficulty

The iterate xkx^kxk alone is not a Markov chain: its evolution depends on the stale gradients in the table, so neither ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x^k-x^*\|^2∥xk−x∗∥2 nor g(xk)−g(x∗)g(x^k)-g(x^*)g(xk)−g(x∗) decreases in expectation from one step to the next. The obvious first idea, bounding E[∥xk−x∗∥2∣Fk−1]\mathbb E[\|x^k-x^*\|^2\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]E[∥xk−x∗∥2∣Fk−1​] in terms of ∥xk−1−x∗∥2\|x^{k-1}-x^*\|^2∥xk−1−x∗∥2 as for the stochastic gradient method, fails because the cross terms between the table error yk−1−f′(x∗)y^{k-1}-f'(x^*)yk−1−f′(x∗) and the iterate error have no sign. The analysis must therefore control the table and the iterate jointly, through a function of the whole state θk\theta^kθk; the exact expected one-step change of a general quadratic form in θk\theta^kθk (Lemma 1) is the computation everything else rests on, and it requires careful bookkeeping of block matrices.

Formalization scope

Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) and the components are indexed by Fin n with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The components fif_ifi​ and their gradients fi′f'_ifi′​ are both given, tied by HasGradientAt; each fif_ifi​ is convex (§A.1, p. 13), which the proof's co-coercivity step needs; ggg and g′g'g′ are the published SAGA.Convex.fAvg and SAGA.Convex.gradAvg. Strong convexity is stated literally as on p. 5, as convexity of g−μ2∥⋅∥2g-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2g−2μ​∥⋅∥2. The point x∗x^*x∗ is any minimizer of ggg; uniqueness and g′(x∗)=0g'(x^*)=0g′(x∗)=0 are consequences. The restriction μ≤L\mu\le Lμ≤L used in the proof is not assumed, since it follows from the hypotheses when p≥1p\ge1p≥1.

The SAG state is a pair (table, iterate); SAG.SmallStep.step refreshes the table entry and then moves the iterate, and SAG.SmallStep.runFrom applies the steps for a given index sequence. The goal starts from the zero table and fixes the step size 12nL\frac1{2nL}2nL1​. The expectation is SAGA.Convex.expectIdx n k, the uniform average over all nkn^knk index sequences, which is exactly the law of kkk independent uniform indices; a conditional expectation given Fk−1\mathcal F_{k-1}Fk−1​ is the average over the next index from an arbitrary current state. Block matrices are families of p×pp\times pp×p blocks (continuous linear maps), and Lemma 1 makes explicit the symmetry of AAA and ccc and the identity ∑ifi′(x∗)=0\sum_if'_i(x^*)=0∑i​fi′​(x∗)=0 that its proof uses. The domination Q≥13∥x−x∗∥2Q\ge\frac13\|x-x^*\|^2Q≥31​∥x−x∗∥2 is stated for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1: the page's closing remark "for n≥2n\ge2n≥2" is stronger than its own computation needs.

The goal bounds the average over all index sequences; a bound for each fixed sequence would be false, and a bound for one sequence would be a different, weaker statement. Proposition 1 is not to be formalized with a free step size, an arbitrary initial table, or a variance quantity other than σ2\sigma^2σ2 at x∗x^*x∗: each of these changes the constant 9σ2/(4L2)9\sigma^2/(4L^2)9σ2/(4L2).

Needed infrastructure: algebra of finite sums of inner products over block families, the tower property for the uniform average over index sequences, co-coercivity of convex smooth functions (published on the platform as ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.eq_3_6), and strong-convexity monotonicity of the gradient. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the goal that bypass the Lyapunov function.

Selected references

  • N. Le Roux, M. Schmidt, F. Bach, A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets, NIPS 2012; arXiv:1202.6258v4, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.6258
  • D. Blatt, A. O. Hero, H. Gauchman, A Convergent Incremental Gradient Method with a Constant Step Size, SIAM J. Optim. 18(1), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/040615961
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. Defazio, F. Bach, S. Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A Fast Incremental Gradient Method with Support for Non-Strongly Convex Composite Objectives, NIPS 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1407.0202
  • R. Johnson, T. Zhang, Accelerating Stochastic Gradient Descent using Predictive Variance Reduction, NIPS 2013. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/4937
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets 2: For n ≥ 8L/μ, SAG with Step 1/(2nμ) after an SG Warm Start Converges at Rate (1 − 1/(8n))ᵏResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning are finite-sum problems: minimize the average of nnn loss functions, one per training example,

min⁡x∈Rp  g(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x).\min_{x\in\mathbb R^p}\; g(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x).x∈Rpmin​g(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x).

Two classical methods sit at opposite ends. Full gradient (FG) descent evaluates all nnn gradients per iteration and converges linearly on strongly convex problems, at a cost proportional to nnn per step. Stochastic gradient (SG) descent evaluates one gradient per iteration, independent of nnn, but its error decreases only sublinearly, as O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k).

Le Roux, Schmidt and Bach (arXiv:1202.6258, NIPS 2012) introduced the stochastic average gradient (SAG) method, which keeps the one-gradient-per-iteration cost of SG and attains a linear rate, as FG does. SAG was the first method of this kind and started the line of variance-reduced methods (SVRG, SAGA, Katyusha) that are now standard for finite sums.

The paper has two convergence results. This mission formalizes the second one, Proposition 2: when the number of examples is at least 8L/μ8L/\mu8L/μ, SAG with the larger step size 12nμ\frac1{2n\mu}2nμ1​ reduces the expected suboptimality by a constant factor per pass through the data, independently of the conditioning of the problem. Proposition 1 (step size 12nL\frac1{2nL}2nL1​, any nnn) is the subject of a separate mission.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rp→Rf_1,\dots,f_n:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rp→R with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The standing assumptions (p. 5, §3, and p. 13, §A.1) are:

  1. each fif_ifi​ is convex and differentiable, with gradient fi′f_i'fi′​;
  2. each fi′f_i'fi′​ is LLL-Lipschitz: ∥fi′(x)−fi′(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|f_i'(x)-f_i'(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥;
  3. ggg is μ\muμ-strongly convex: x↦g(x)−μ2∥x∥2x\mapsto g(x)-\frac\mu2\|x\|^2x↦g(x)−2μ​∥x∥2 is convex, μ>0\mu>0μ>0;
  4. x∗x^*x∗ minimizes ggg.

Write g′=1n∑ifi′g'=\frac1n\sum_if_i'g′=n1​∑i​fi′​ and σ2=1n∑i∥fi′(x∗)∥2\sigma^2=\frac1n\sum_i\|f_i'(x^*)\|^2σ2=n1​∑i​∥fi′​(x∗)∥2, the variance of the gradients at the optimum.

SAG. The state is θ=(y,x)\theta=(y,x)θ=(y,x): a table y=(y1,…,yn)y=(y_1,\dots,y_n)y=(y1​,…,yn​) of stored gradients and an iterate xxx. At iteration kkk an index iki_kik​ is drawn uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}, independently of the past, and

yik={fi′(xk−1)i=ikyik−1otherwise,xk=xk−1−αn∑i=1nyik.y_i^k=\begin{cases}f_i'(x^{k-1})&i=i_k\\ y_i^{k-1}&\text{otherwise}\end{cases},\qquad x^k=x^{k-1}-\frac{\alpha}{n}\sum_{i=1}^n y_i^k .yik​={fi′​(xk−1)yik−1​​i=ik​otherwise​,xk=xk−1−nα​i=1∑n​yik​.

Warm start. Proposition 2 is about a specific run. The first nnn iterations are stochastic gradient steps x~j=x~j−1−γjfij′(x~j−1)\tilde x^j=\tilde x^{j-1}-\gamma_jf'_{i_j}(\tilde x^{j-1})x~j=x~j−1−γj​fij​′​(x~j−1) from x~0=x0\tilde x^0=x^0x~0=x0 with γj=1/(2L+μ2j)\gamma_j=1/(2L+\frac\mu2 j)γj​=1/(2L+2μ​j). SAG is then started from the average xn=1n∑j=0n−1x~jx^n=\frac1n\sum_{j=0}^{n-1}\tilde x^jxn=n1​∑j=0n−1​x~j, with all yiy_iyi​ set to 000 and step size α=12nμ\alpha=\frac1{2n\mu}α=2nμ1​.

Lyapunov function. For parameters α,η,ν\alpha,\eta,\nuα,η,ν and ui=yi−fi′(x∗)u_i=y_i-f_i'(x^*)ui​=yi​−fi′​(x∗), the proof uses

Q(θ)=2g(x+αn∑iyi)−2g(x∗)+ηαn∑i∥ui∥2+αn(1−2ν)∥∑iui∥2−2ν⟨∑iui,x−x∗⟩,Q(\theta)=2g\Big(x+\frac\alpha n\sum_iy_i\Big)-2g(x^*)+\frac{\eta\alpha}n\sum_i\|u_i\|^2+\frac\alpha n(1-2\nu)\Big\|\sum_iu_i\Big\|^2-2\nu\Big\langle\sum_iu_i,x-x^*\Big\rangle,Q(θ)=2g(x+nα​i∑​yi​)−2g(x∗)+nηα​i∑​∥ui​∥2+nα​(1−2ν)​i∑​ui​​2−2ν⟨i∑​ui​,x−x∗⟩,

at η=2\eta=2η=2, ν=12n\nu=\frac1{2n}ν=2n1​, α=12nμ\alpha=\frac1{2n\mu}α=2nμ1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 6)

If n≥8L/μn\ge 8L/\mun≥8L/μ, the warm-started run satisfies, for every k≥nk\ge nk≥n,

E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤C(1−18n)k,C=16L3n∥x0−x∗∥2+4σ23nμ(8log⁡(1+μn4L)+1).\mathbb E\big[g(x^k)-g(x^*)\big]\le C\Big(1-\frac1{8n}\Big)^k,\qquad C=\frac{16L}{3n}\|x^0-x^*\|^2+\frac{4\sigma^2}{3n\mu}\Big(8\log\Big(1+\frac{\mu n}{4L}\Big)+1\Big).E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤C(1−8n1​)k,C=3n16L​∥x0−x∗∥2+3nμ4σ2​(8log(1+4Lμn​)+1).

The constant is the paper's own; the goal fixes it as printed.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. §A.3, p. 14. One SG step: δk≤δk−1−2γk(1−γkL)E[g′(x~k−1)⊤(x~k−1−x∗)]+2γk2σ2\delta_k\le\delta_{k-1}-2\gamma_k(1-\gamma_kL)\mathbb E[g'(\tilde x^{k-1})^\top(\tilde x^{k-1}-x^*)]+2\gamma_k^2\sigma^2δk​≤δk−1​−2γk​(1−γk​L)E[g′(x~k−1)⊤(x~k−1−x∗)]+2γk2​σ2, with δk=E∥x~k−x∗∥2\delta_k=\mathbb E\|\tilde x^k-x^*\|^2δk​=E∥x~k−x∗∥2.
  2. §A.3, p. 15. The averaged SG iterate: Eg(1k∑i<kx~i)−g(x∗)≤2Lk∥x0−x∗∥2+4σ2kμlog⁡(1+μk4L)\mathbb Eg(\frac1k\sum_{i<k}\tilde x^i)-g(x^*)\le\frac{2L}k\|x^0-x^*\|^2+\frac{4\sigma^2}{k\mu}\log(1+\frac{\mu k}{4L})Eg(k1​∑i<k​x~i)−g(x∗)≤k2L​∥x0−x∗∥2+kμ4σ2​log(1+4Lμk​).
  3. Lemma 1, p. 16. The exact conditional expectation of a block quadratic form after one SAG step.
  4. §A.6, p. 24. Summed co-coercivity: ∑i∥fi′(x)−fi′(x∗)∥2≤nL (g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗)\sum_i\|f_i'(x)-f_i'(x^*)\|^2\le nL\,(g'(x)-g'(x^*))^\top(x-x^*)∑i​∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(x∗)∥2≤nL(g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗).
  5. §A.6, pp. 27–28. One-step contraction: E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1]≤(1−18n)Q(θk−1)\mathbb E[Q(\theta^k)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]\le(1-\frac1{8n})Q(\theta^{k-1})E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1​]≤(1−8n1​)Q(θk−1) when nμ/L≥8n\mu/L\ge8nμ/L≥8.
  6. §A.6, p. 28. EQ(θk)≤(1−18n)kQ(θ0)\mathbb EQ(\theta^k)\le(1-\frac1{8n})^kQ(\theta^0)EQ(θk)≤(1−8n1​)kQ(θ0), and Q(θ0)=2(g(x0)−g(x∗))+σ2nμQ(\theta^0)=2(g(x^0)-g(x^*))+\frac{\sigma^2}{n\mu}Q(θ0)=2(g(x0)−g(x∗))+nμσ2​ when y0=0y^0=0y0=0.
  7. §A.6, p. 29. Domination: Q(θ)≥6364(g(x)−g(x∗))Q(\theta)\ge\frac{63}{64}(g(x)-g(x^*))Q(θ)≥6463​(g(x)−g(x∗)) for every state.
  8. §A.6, p. 30. SAG from y0=0y^0=0y0=0 without warm start: E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤(1−18n)k[73(g(x0)−g(x∗))+7σ26nμ]\mathbb E[g(x^k)-g(x^*)]\le(1-\frac1{8n})^k[\frac73(g(x^0)-g(x^*))+\frac{7\sigma^2}{6n\mu}]E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤(1−8n1​)k[37​(g(x0)−g(x∗))+6nμ7σ2​].
  9. §A.6, p. 30. (1−18n)−n≤87(1-\frac1{8n})^{-n}\le\frac87(1−8n1​)−n≤78​.

Significance

The result. Proposition 2 gives a rate per pass through the data, (1−18n)n≤e−1/8(1-\frac1{8n})^n\le e^{-1/8}(1−8n1​)n≤e−1/8, that depends on neither μ\muμ nor LLL once n≥8L/μn\ge8L/\mun≥8L/μ. On p. 6 the paper compares it with the FG rate ((L−μ)/(L+μ))2((L-\mu)/(L+\mu))^2((L−μ)/(L+μ))2 and the accelerated FG rate 1−μ/L1-\sqrt{\mu/L}1−μ/L​. With n=100000n=100000n=100000, L=100L=100L=100, μ=0.01\mu=0.01μ=0.01, nnn SAG iterations contract by 0.88250.88250.8825 at the cost of one FG iteration, while FG contracts by 0.99960.99960.9996 and accelerated FG by 0.990.990.99. The SG warm start replaces a constant proportional to nnn by one of order log⁡n\log nlogn, so the bound also captures the O((log⁡n)/k)O((\log n)/k)O((logn)/k) behaviour of the early iterations.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is complete, and a machine-checked proof is new; no SAG statement exists on the platform. A formalization would check the paper's long appendix computation (pp. 23–29: a Lyapunov argument with completing the square on block vectors) and fix its slips: on p. 30 the proof writes E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤2EQ(θk)\mathbb E[g(x^k)-g(x^*)]\le2\mathbb EQ(\theta^k)E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤2EQ(θk), where its own Step 2 gives the factor 76\frac7667​, and the bracket that follows matches 76\frac7667​. Lemma 1 is shared with Proposition 1, and the SG bound of §A.3 is a standalone result (after Bach and Moulines, 2011).

Difficulty

The obvious approach does not work. SAG's update direction is a biased estimate of g′(xk−1)g'(x^{k-1})g′(xk−1): the stored gradients were computed at old iterates. So the usual SG argument, an unbiased step followed by a bound on E∥xk−x∗∥2\mathbb E\|x^k-x^*\|^2E∥xk−x∗∥2, breaks down. The proof instead tracks the joint state (y,x)(y,x)(y,x) through a Lyapunov function that couples the table and the iterate, and it needs a function-value term 2g(x+αne⊤y)2g(x+\frac\alpha ne^\top y)2g(x+nα​e⊤y) to handle the large step 12nμ\frac1{2n\mu}2nμ1​. The one-step bound (pp. 24–28) is an inequality between quadratic forms in (y−f′(x∗),x−x∗,g′(x))(y-f'(x^*),x-x^*,g'(x))(y−f′(x∗),x−x∗,g′(x)). It holds only after completing the square in the yyy block, and it closes only under nμ/L≥8n\mu/L\ge8nμ/L≥8; the margin there is small (104/15≈6.93≤8104/15\approx6.93\le8104/15≈6.93≤8). The domination step similarly minimizes over ∑iyi\sum_iy_i∑i​yi​.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and indices. Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), and the components are indexed by Fin n. ggg and g′g'g′ are the published SAGA.Convex.fAvg and SAGA.Convex.gradAvg.
  • Assumptions. The standing assumptions are the structure SAG.LargeStep.Assumptions. Strong convexity is stated in the paper's form: g−μ2∥⋅∥2g-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2g−2μ​∥⋅∥2 is convex. Each fif_ifi​ is convex (§A.1), and gradients are tied to the functions by HasGradientAt.
  • Randomness. Indices are modelled as all sequences in Fin k → Fin n, weighted uniformly (SAGA.Convex.expectIdx), which is the law of kkk independent uniform draws. A conditional expectation given Fk−1\mathcal F_{k-1}Fk−1​ is the average over the nnn indices of one step from an arbitrary fixed state.
  • The run. hybrid draws k≥nk\ge nk≥n indices. The SG phase uses the first n−1n-1n−1, index nnn is drawn and unused, and SAG uses the last k−nk-nk−n, from (0,xn)(0,x^n)(0,xn) with α=12nμ\alpha=\frac1{2n\mu}α=2nμ1​. The SG step sizes are γj=1/(2L+μ2j)\gamma_j=1/(2L+\frac\mu2j)γj​=1/(2L+2μ​j).
  • Lyapunov function. QQQ is defined with α,η,ν\alpha,\eta,\nuα,η,ν as parameters and used at (12nμ,2,12n)(\frac1{2n\mu},2,\frac1{2n})(2nμ1​,2,2n1​).
  • Lemma 1 is stated for general blocks: AAA and ccc symmetric, and bj⊤b_j^\topbj⊤​ the adjoint.
  • Not a trivializing formalization. Proposition 2's constant CCC, with its logarithm and its 16L3n\frac{16L}{3n}3n16L​, holds only for the warm-started run. Stating it for SAG started at x0x^0x0 would be a different and unproved claim, so the goal is stated for hybrid. Every hypothesis is satisfiable: n=8n=8n=8, p=1p=1p=1, fi(x)=x2/2f_i(x)=x^2/2fi​(x)=x2/2, L=μ=1L=\mu=1L=μ=1, x∗=0x^*=0x∗=0.
  • Slips on the page. Milestones 2 and 8 state what the proof establishes; their natural-language statements explain the misprints.
  • Contributions welcome. Proofs of any milestone. The SG lemmas (milestones 1–2) and co-coercivity (milestone 4, also published as ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.eq_3_6) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • N. Le Roux, M. Schmidt, F. Bach, A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets, NIPS 2012; arXiv:1202.6258v4 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.6258
  • F. Bach, E. Moulines, Non-asymptotic analysis of stochastic approximation algorithms for machine learning, NIPS 2011. https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2011 (NIPS 24 proceedings)
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. Defazio, F. Bach, S. Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A Fast Incremental Gradient Method with Support for Non-Strongly Convex Composite Objectives, NIPS 2014; arXiv:1407.0202. https://arxiv.org/abs/1407.0202
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 5: RCDM with Adaptive Lipschitz Estimates (RACDM) Has Expected Error at Most 8nR₁²(x₀)/(16 + 3k)Research Paper

Motivation

Random coordinate descent minimizes a smooth convex function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R by updating one coordinate at a time, chosen at random. Each iteration needs a single partial derivative instead of the full gradient, which is what makes the method usable on problems whose dimension is in the millions or billions ("huge-scale" problems). Nesterov's paper Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 341–362, doi:10.1137/100802001) gave the first global efficiency estimates for such methods and started a large literature on randomized block and coordinate methods.

The basic method RCDM of the paper takes, along coordinate iii, a step of length 1/Li1/L_i1/Li​, where LiL_iLi​ is a Lipschitz constant of the iii-th partial derivative along the iii-th coordinate. For simple functions these constants are known; for more complicated ones they are not, and a practical method has to estimate them on the fly. Section 6.1 of the paper analyses a backtracking strategy with restore for this purpose and proves that it keeps the efficiency of RCDM up to a constant factor. This mission formalizes that analysis, Theorem 7 of the paper.

Setting

Write ∇if(x)=∂f/∂xi(x)\nabla_i f(x)=\partial f/\partial x_i(x)∇i​f(x)=∂f/∂xi​(x) and eie_iei​ for the iii-th standard basis vector of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The function fff is convex and differentiable, attains its minimum f∗=f(x∗)f^*=f(x^*)f∗=f(x∗), and its partial derivatives are coordinate-wise Lipschitz with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 ((2.2) with one-dimensional blocks):

∣∇if(x+uei)−∇if(x)∣≤Li∣u∣(x∈Rn, u∈R, i=1,…,n).|\nabla_i f(x+ue_i)-\nabla_i f(x)|\le L_i|u|\qquad(x\in\mathbb R^n,\ u\in\mathbb R,\ i=1,\dots,n).∣∇i​f(x+uei​)−∇i​f(x)∣≤Li​∣u∣(x∈Rn, u∈R, i=1,…,n).

The weighted norm and its dual are ∥x∥1=(∑iLixi2)1/2\|x\|_1=(\sum_iL_ix_i^2)^{1/2}∥x∥1​=(∑i​Li​xi2​)1/2 and ∥g∥1∗=(∑igi2/Li)1/2\|g\|_1^*=(\sum_ig_i^2/L_i)^{1/2}∥g∥1∗​=(∑i​gi2​/Li​)1/2 ((2.7) with α=1\alpha=1α=1), and

R1(x0)=max⁡x{max⁡x∗∈X∗∥x−x∗∥1: f(x)≤f(x0)}R_1(x_0)=\max_x\Big\{\max_{x^*\in X^*}\|x-x^*\|_1:\ f(x)\le f(x_0)\Big\}R1​(x0​)=xmax​{x∗∈X∗max​∥x−x∗∥1​: f(x)≤f(x0​)}

measures the size of the initial level set, X∗X^*X∗ being the set of minimizers.

The random adaptive coordinate descent method RACDM(x0)(x_0)(x0​) (6.1) keeps estimates L^1,…,L^n\hat L_1,\dots,\hat L_nL^1​,…,L^n​, initialised with given lower bounds Li0∈(0,Li]L_i^0\in(0,L_i]Li0​∈(0,Li​]. At iteration kkk it

  1. draws i=iki=i_ki=ik​ uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n};
  2. sets xk+1=xk−L^i−1∇if(xk)eix_{k+1}=x_k-\hat L_i^{-1}\nabla_if(x_k)e_ixk+1​=xk​−L^i−1​∇i​f(xk​)ei​ and, as long as ∇if(xk)⋅∇if(xk+1)<0\nabla_if(x_k)\cdot\nabla_if(x_{k+1})<0∇i​f(xk​)⋅∇i​f(xk+1​)<0, doubles L^i\hat L_iL^i​ and recomputes xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​;
  3. halves L^i\hat L_iL^i​.

The loop test uses only the sign of one partial derivative and never a function value. With φk=Ef(xk)\varphi_k=\mathbb E f(x_k)φk​=Ef(xk​) (the expectation over i0,…,ik−1i_0,\dots,i_{k-1}i0​,…,ik−1​) and NkN_kNk​ the number of partial derivatives computed in iterations 0,…,k0,\dots,k0,…,k, Theorem 7 states three facts about this method.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7, item 2, (6.2)

φk−f∗ ≤ 8nR12(x0)16+3k,k≥0.\varphi_k-f^*\ \le\ \frac{8nR_1^2(x_0)}{16+3k},\qquad k\ge0.φk​−f∗ ≤ 16+3k8nR12​(x0​)​,k≥0.

This is the rate of RCDM(0,x0)(0,x_0)(0,x0​), φk−f∗≤2nR12(x0)/(k+4)\varphi_k-f^*\le 2nR_1^2(x_0)/(k+4)φk​−f∗≤2nR12​(x0​)/(k+4) ((2.14)), with a larger constant.

Milestones

  1. (6.4) — started from an estimate 0<L^i≤Li0<\hat L_i\le L_i0<L^i​≤Li​, the doubling loop terminates and the accepted estimate satisfies L^i≤2Li\hat L_i\le2L_iL^i​≤2Li​.
  2. Theorem 7, item 1 — at the beginning of each iteration L^i≤Li\hat L_i\le L_iL^i​≤Li​ for every iii.
  3. One-step decrease (proof of Theorem 7, p. 19) — f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥38Lik(∇ikf(xk))2f(x_k)-f(x_{k+1})\ge\frac{3}{8L_{i_k}}(\nabla_{i_k}f(x_k))^2f(xk​)−f(xk+1​)≥8Lik​​3​(∇ik​​f(xk​))2.
  4. Expected decrease (proof of Theorem 7, p. 19) — f(xk)−Eikf(xk+1)≥38n(∥∇f(xk)∥1∗)2f(x_k)-\mathbb E_{i_k}f(x_{k+1})\ge\frac3{8n}(\|\nabla f(x_k)\|_1^*)^2f(xk​)−Eik​​f(xk+1​)≥8n3​(∥∇f(xk​)∥1∗​)2.
  5. Theorem 7, item 3, (6.3) — Nk≤2(k+1)+∑i=1nlog⁡2(Li/Li0)N_k\le 2(k+1)+\sum_{i=1}^n\log_2(L_i/L_i^0)Nk​≤2(k+1)+∑i=1n​log2​(Li​/Li0​).

Significance

The result shows that the constants LiL_iLi​ in RCDM need not be known: a method that starts from any lower bounds and adjusts them by doubling and halving converges at the same O(nR12(x0)/k)O(nR_1^2(x_0)/k)O(nR12​(x0​)/k) rate, and pays on average about two partial derivatives per iteration plus a logarithmic one-time overhead. This is what makes random coordinate descent applicable to functions whose coordinate smoothness is not available in closed form, and the doubling-with-restore pattern recurs in later adaptive and accelerated coordinate methods (the paper itself indicates the same technique for its accelerated method, (6.5)).

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. The known-constant analogues for scalar coordinates are on Prove2Me in Bubeck's §6.4 development (the one-step and expected decreases are proved there; the rate is open). This mission adds a formal model of the adaptive method itself, including its doubling loop as a first-failure search, and the three statements of Theorem 7 on top of the published coordinate-descent definitions.

Difficulty

The analysis of RCDM rests on the one-step bound f(x)−f(x−Li−1∇if(x)ei)≥(∇if(x))2/(2Li)f(x)-f(x-L_i^{-1}\nabla_if(x)e_i)\ge(\nabla_if(x))^2/(2L_i)f(x)−f(x−Li−1​∇i​f(x)ei​)≥(∇i​f(x))2/(2Li​), which follows from the smoothness of fff along the coordinate line. For RACDM the step uses an estimate L^i\hat L_iL^i​ that may be smaller than LiL_iLi​, and then the same argument gives no decrease at all: a step that is too long can increase fff. The method never checks function values, so the decrease has to be extracted from the sign test alone, and it holds only because fff is convex along the line, not merely smooth. A second point is that the estimates are random and depend on the whole history, so the expected decrease must hold for every state the method can reach; this is what item 1 secures. The counting statement needs the exact number of loop iterations, so the loop has to be modelled as the least number of doublings after which the test fails, not as some number of doublings.

Formalization scope

The formalization works with scalar coordinates (N=nN=nN=n, as the paper does in §6.1) on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), coordinates indexed 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1. It reuses the published definition ConvexOptAlg_CoordDescent_Defs: IsCoordSmooth f g L is (2.2) with an explicit gradient map g=∇fg=\nabla fg=∇f, wnorm L 1 and wnormDual L 1 are ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ and ∥⋅∥1∗\|\cdot\|_1^*∥⋅∥1∗​, and rcdExpect L 0 k is the expectation over kkk uniform draws as a finite weighted sum. The mission's own definition NesterovRCD.Adaptive.RACDM encodes the trial point, the number of doublings (a minimum over N\mathbb NN), one iteration, the run along an explicit sequence of draws, and the count NkN_kNk​.

The following choices are made explicitly.

  • Step 3 of (6.1) is printed "Set Lik:=12LikL_{i_k}:=\frac12L_{i_k}Lik​​:=21​Lik​​"; it is read as L^ik:=12L^ik\hat L_{i_k}:=\frac12\hat L_{i_k}L^ik​​:=21​L^ik​​, as the paper's proof requires. The true constants LiL_iLi​ never change and enter only hypotheses and bounds.
  • R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is not computed: the goal takes any RRR with ∥x−y∗∥1≤R\|x-y^*\|_1\le R∥x−y∗∥1​≤R for all xxx in the level set and all minimizers y∗y^*y∗. "X∗X^*X∗ nonempty" is a hypothesis; "X∗X^*X∗ bounded" follows from the existence of RRR.
  • Implicit hypotheses made explicit: n≥1n\ge1n≥1; Li0>0L_i^0>0Li0​>0 and Li0≤LiL_i^0\le L_iLi0​≤Li​; in the milestones, 0<L^i≤Li0<\hat L_i\le L_i0<L^i​≤Li​ on the entry state.
  • Convexity is assumed in the statements that need it (the decreases and the rate); (6.4) and items 1 and 3 hold without it and are stated without it.
  • NkN_kNk​ counts dj+1d_j+1dj​+1 evaluations of ∇ijf\nabla_{i_j}f∇ij​​f at iteration jjj with djd_jdj​ doublings, the count the paper's proof uses; counting ∇ijf(xj)\nabla_{i_j}f(x_j)∇ij​​f(xj​) as well would give 3(k+1)+∑ilog⁡2(Li/Li0)3(k+1)+\sum_i\log_2(L_i/L_i^0)3(k+1)+∑i​log2​(Li​/Li0​).

A trivializing encoding is ruled out: the loop count is the least ddd at which the sign test fails (an arbitrary admissible ddd would change the method and make the count meaningless), the draws are uniform, and the rate is stated in the norm of the true constants LiL_iLi​, not of the estimates. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a one-dimensional co-coercivity lemma for convex smooth functions of one variable (reusable well beyond this mission), and the recursion argument from the expected decrease to the rate.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. Journal version: SIAM J. Optim. 22(2) (2012) 341–362. doi:10.1137/100802001
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004 (reference [6] of the paper; inequality (2.1.17)). doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4) (2015) 231–357, §6.4. arXiv:1405.4980
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Rank of Extreme Matrices in Semidefinite Programs and the Multiplicity of Optimal Eigenvalues: If m > k(n − k), Extreme Optima of Affine EV_k Have λ_k = λ_{k+1} with Multiplicity ≥ n − τResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing the sum of the kkk largest eigenvalues of a symmetric matrix that depends affinely on parameters is a basic problem of eigenvalue optimization (survey: A. S. Lewis and M. L. Overton, Eigenvalue optimization, Acta Numerica 5, 1996, doi:10.1017/S0962492900002646). Its objective is convex, and fkf_kfk​ is differentiable at BBB exactly when λk(B)>λk+1(B)\lambda_k(B)>\lambda_{k+1}(B)λk​(B)>λk+1​(B); at optimal solutions the eigenvalues tend to coalesce, which makes the problem a model problem of nonsmooth optimization. G. Pataki, On the rank of extreme matrices in semidefinite programs and the multiplicity of optimal eigenvalues (Math. Oper. Res. 23(2), 1998, doi:10.1287/moor.23.2.339), gives a quantitative explanation in terms of the number of free parameters.

The paper also proves a bound on the rank of extreme points of semidefinite programs, now often called the Pataki bound (also obtained by Barvinok, 1995): an extreme point XXX of {X⪰0:Ai∙X=bi, i≤m}\{X\succeq0: A_i\bullet X=b_i,\ i\le m\}{X⪰0:Ai​∙X=bi​, i≤m} satisfies rank⁡X(rank⁡X+1)/2≤m\operatorname{rank}X(\operatorname{rank}X+1)/2\le mrankX(rankX+1)/2≤m. This bound is used throughout low-rank semidefinite optimization, for instance in the Burer–Monteiro approach.

Setting

Sn\mathcal S^nSn is the space of real symmetric n×nn\times nn×n matrices, X⪰0X\succeq0X⪰0 means XXX is symmetric positive semidefinite, and A∙B=∑i,jaijbijA\bullet B=\sum_{i,j}a_{ij}b_{ij}A∙B=∑i,j​aij​bij​. For B∈SnB\in\mathcal S^nB∈Sn, λ1(B)≥⋯≥λn(B)\lambda_1(B)\ge\dots\ge\lambda_n(B)λ1​(B)≥⋯≥λn​(B) are its eigenvalues and, for k∈{1,…,n}k\in\{1,\dots,n\}k∈{1,…,n},

fk(B)=λ1(B)+⋯+λk(B).f_k(B)=\lambda_1(B)+\dots+\lambda_k(B).fk​(B)=λ1​(B)+⋯+λk​(B).

The multiplicity mult⁡(λi(B))\operatorname{mult}(\lambda_i(B))mult(λi​(B)) is the largest p≥1p\ge1p≥1 with λj(B)=⋯=λj+p−1(B)\lambda_j(B)=\dots=\lambda_{j+p-1}(B)λj​(B)=⋯=λj+p−1​(B) for some j≤i≤j+p−1j\le i\le j+p-1j≤i≤j+p−1.

A face of a convex set SSS is a convex F⊆SF\subseteq SF⊆S such that x∈Fx\in Fx∈F, y,z∈Sy,z\in Sy,z∈S, x=12(y+z)x=\tfrac12(y+z)x=21​(y+z) imply y,z∈Fy,z\in Fy,z∈F; an extreme point is a one-point face; dim⁡S\dim SdimS is the maximal number of affinely independent points of SSS, minus one. Write t(i)=i(i+1)/2t(i)=i(i+1)/2t(i)=i(i+1)/2 and

τ(l,r,s)=max⁡{ i+j: t(i)+t(j)≤l, i≤r, j≤s }.\tau(l,r,s)=\max\{\,i+j:\ t(i)+t(j)\le l,\ i\le r,\ j\le s\,\}.τ(l,r,s)=max{i+j: t(i)+t(j)≤l, i≤r, j≤s}.

Let A0,A1,…,Am∈SnA_0,A_1,\dots,A_m\in\mathcal S^nA0​,A1​,…,Am​∈Sn be linearly independent, A(x)=A0+∑i=1mxiAiA(x)=A_0+\sum_{i=1}^mx_iA_iA(x)=A0​+∑i=1m​xi​Ai​, and assume m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and k<nk<nk<n (the standing assumptions of §4). The affine eigenvalue problem is

(EVk)min⁡{fk(A(x)): x∈Rm},(EV_k)\qquad\min\{f_k(A(x)):\ x\in\mathbb R^m\},(EVk​)min{fk​(A(x)): x∈Rm},

and Θ\ThetaΘ denotes its set of optimal solutions, a closed convex set. For B∈SnB\in\mathcal S^nB∈Sn the semidefinite program

min⁡ kz+I∙Vs.t.V,W⪰0,zI+V−W=B(3.14)\min\ kz+I\bullet V\quad\text{s.t.}\quad V,W\succeq0,\quad zI+V-W=B \tag{3.14}min kz+I∙Vs.t.V,W⪰0,zI+V−W=B(3.14)

has optimal value fk(B)f_k(B)fk​(B); Ωk(B)\Omega_k(B)Ωk​(B) is its set of optimal solutions (z,V,W)(z,V,W)(z,V,W).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3

If x∗x^*x∗ is an extreme point of Θ\ThetaΘ and m>k(n−k)m>k(n-k)m>k(n−k), then

λk(A(x∗))=λk+1(A(x∗))andmult⁡(λk(A(x∗))) ≥ n−τ(t(n)−m−1, k−1, n−k−1).\lambda_k(A(x^*))=\lambda_{k+1}(A(x^*))\qquad\text{and}\qquad \operatorname{mult}(\lambda_k(A(x^*)))\ \ge\ n-\tau\big(t(n)-m-1,\,k-1,\,n-k-1\big).λk​(A(x∗))=λk+1​(A(x∗))andmult(λk​(A(x∗))) ≥ n−τ(t(n)−m−1,k−1,n−k−1).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1: on a face FFF of the primal feasible set, t(rank⁡X)≤m+dim⁡Ft(\operatorname{rank}X)\le m+\dim Ft(rankX)≤m+dimF; on a face GGG of the dual feasible set, t(rank⁡Z)≤t(n)−m+dim⁡Gt(\operatorname{rank}Z)\le t(n)-m+\dim Gt(rankZ)≤t(n)−m+dimG.
  2. Theorem 2.2: the multi-block version ∑jt(rank⁡Xj)≤m−q+dim⁡G\sum_jt(\operatorname{rank}X_j)\le m-q+\dim G∑j​t(rankXj​)≤m−q+dimG for programs with ppp semidefinite blocks and qqq free variables.
  3. Lemmas 3.1, 3.2 and Theorem 3.3: the optimal value of (3.14) and an explicit description of Ωk(B)\Omega_k(B)Ωk​(B) through an eigendecomposition B=QDiag⁡(λ)QTB=Q\operatorname{Diag}(\lambda)Q^TB=QDiag(λ)QT.
  4. The rank identity of §3: rank⁡V+rank⁡W+mult⁡(λk(B))=n\operatorname{rank}V+\operatorname{rank}W+\operatorname{mult}(\lambda_k(B))=nrankV+rankW+mult(λk​(B))=n on Ωk(B)\Omega_k(B)Ωk​(B) when λk(B)=λk+1(B)\lambda_k(B)=\lambda_{k+1}(B)λk​(B)=λk+1​(B).
  5. Lemma 4.2 and (4.31): {x∗}×Ωk(A(x∗))\{x^*\}\times\Omega_k(A(x^*)){x∗}×Ωk​(A(x∗)) is a face of the feasible set of the lifted SDP (4.26), of dimension 111 or 000 according as λk>λk+1\lambda_k>\lambda_{k+1}λk​>λk+1​ or λk=λk+1\lambda_k=\lambda_{k+1}λk​=λk+1​.
  6. Lemma 4.1: Θ\ThetaΘ contains no line, so it has extreme points whenever it is nonempty.

Significance

The theorem says that once the number of free parameters mmm exceeds k(n−k)k(n-k)k(n−k), the kkk-th and (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-st eigenvalues necessarily coincide at extreme optimal solutions, so fk∘Af_k\circ Afk​∘A is typically nonsmooth at its minimizers, and it bounds from below the dimension of the subdifferential ∂fk(A(x∗))\partial f_k(A(x^*))∂fk​(A(x∗)), which is t(mult⁡(λk))t(\operatorname{mult}(\lambda_k))t(mult(λk​)). The intermediate rank bounds of §2 are reusable on their own for any semidefinite program.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of them (neither the Pataki rank bound, nor the semidefinite characterization of fkf_kfk​, nor Theorem 4.3) has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them produces a library of faces and dimensions of spectrahedra, the SDP representation of the Ky Fan sum fkf_kfk​, and the multiplicity bound itself.

Difficulty

Extremality of x∗x^*x∗ in Θ\ThetaΘ is a statement in the parameter space Rm\mathbb R^mRm and gives no direct information on the spectrum of A(x∗)A(x^*)A(x∗): perturbation arguments on the eigenvalues alone break down precisely at the coalesced eigenvalues the theorem is about, where fkf_kfk​ is not differentiable. The quantitative bound (4.30) also needs more than the optimal value fk(A(x∗))f_k(A(x^*))fk​(A(x∗)): it depends on the whole optimal set Ωk(A(x∗))\Omega_k(A(x^*))Ωk​(A(x∗)), on the dimension of faces of spectrahedra, and on an exact count relating the ranks of the optimal V,WV,WV,W to the multiplicity of λk\lambda_kλk​. None of these (faces and dimension of spectrahedra, the semidefinite representation of fkf_kfk​, eigenvalue run lengths) is in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; A∙BA\bullet BA∙B is the published BurerMonteiro.RankIncrease.frob, the primal and dual feasible sets are the published IsPrimalFeasible/IsDualFeasible, and λi(B)\lambda_i(B)λi​(B) is the published ProjLikeRetr.Spectral.eig B ⟨i-1,_⟩ (Mathlib's nonincreasing eigenvalues, 0-based). Every matrix whose eigenvalues are taken is assumed symmetric. Faces, extreme points and dimension are defined as on p. 341; dimension is integer valued with dim⁡∅=−1\dim\emptyset=-1dim∅=−1. All rank bounds are compared in Z\mathbb ZZ. Θ\ThetaΘ is the argmin set {x:fk(A(x))≤fk(A(y)) ∀y}\{x: f_k(A(x))\le f_k(A(y))\ \forall y\}{x:fk​(A(x))≤fk​(A(y)) ∀y} and Ωk(B)\Omega_k(B)Ωk​(B) is the set of feasible points no worse than every feasible point; no infimum is used. Optimal values are stated as least elements of the set of feasible objective values.

Hypotheses added relative to the page, each disclosed in its item: 1≤k<n1\le k<n1≤k<n in the statements of §3, which mention λk+1\lambda_{k+1}λk+1​; k≥1k\ge1k≥1 (p. 340) in every §4 statement; one common matrix order in Theorem 2.2; and λk(B)=λk+1(B)\lambda_k(B)=\lambda_{k+1}(B)λk​(B)=λk+1​(B) in the rank identity of p. 348, which is false as printed when λk(B)>λk+1(B)\lambda_k(B)>\lambda_{k+1}(B)λk​(B)>λk+1​(B) (n=2n=2n=2, k=1k=1k=1, B=diag⁡(2,0)B=\operatorname{diag}(2,0)B=diag(2,0) gives 3≠23\ne23=2) and is used in the paper only in the equal case. The linear independence of A0,…,AmA_0,\dots,A_mA0​,…,Am​ is kept with A0A_0A0​ included, as on p. 348.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: Θ\ThetaΘ is not defined through a possibly junk infimum, a face must be convex and contained in the set, the dimension is not a junk 000, mult⁡\operatorname{mult}mult is the run length of equal eigenvalues and not a constant or an index, and the eigenvalues are only ever taken of symmetric matrices.

A complete development needs: the rank–dimension bound for faces of spectrahedra (reusable for any SDP), the semidefinite characterization of fkf_kfk​ with its optimal set, and convexity facts on Θ\ThetaΘ. Proofs of any milestone, alternative proofs of the rank bounds, and the general smooth case of §5 are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Pataki, On the rank of extreme matrices in semidefinite programs and the multiplicity of optimal eigenvalues, Mathematics of Operations Research 23(2), 339–358, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.23.2.339
  • A. I. Barvinok, Problems of distance geometry and convex properties of quadratic maps, Discrete & Computational Geometry 13, 189–202, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02574037
  • M. L. Overton and R. S. Womersley, Optimality conditions and duality theory for minimizing sums of the largest eigenvalues of symmetric matrices, Mathematical Programming 62, 321–357, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01585173
  • F. Alizadeh, Interior point methods in semidefinite programming with applications to combinatorial optimization, SIAM Journal on Optimization 5(1), 13–51, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1137/0805002
  • A. S. Lewis and M. L. Overton, Eigenvalue optimization, Acta Numerica 5, 149–190, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0962492900002646
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample Size Selection in Optimization Methods for Machine Learning 1: With Batch Sizes n_k ≥ a^k, Dynamic Batch Steepest Descent Converges Linearly in Expectation, E[J(w_k) − J(w*)] ≤ Cρ^kResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a model in machine learning means minimizing an expected loss over a data distribution, using a finite sample from it. Two families of methods dominate. Stochastic gradient methods step along the gradient of the loss at one data point: each step is cheap, but the noise forces small steps and many sequential iterations. Batch methods average the gradient over a large set of points: each step is accurate and parallelizes well, but costs a pass over the data. Bottou and Bousquet (The tradeoffs of large scale learning, NIPS 2007) compared the two by the total work needed to reach accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ and concluded that stochastic gradient descent is preferable in large-scale learning.

Byrd, Chin, Nocedal and Wu (Sample size selection in optimization methods for machine learning, Math. Program. 2012) analyse a third option: a dynamic batch method, which takes gradient steps on mini-batches whose size grows over the run. A small batch makes early progress cheap; a large batch later makes the steps accurate. Their Theorem 4.2 shows that when the batch size grows geometrically, steepest descent with a fixed step converges linearly in expectation, and their Corollary 4.3 derives from it a total work bound of the same order as stochastic gradient descent. The analysis underlies a line of work on adaptive sampling and variance-controlled batch methods (for example Friedlander and Schmidt, Hybrid deterministic-stochastic methods for data fitting, SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 2012; Bottou, Curtis and Nocedal, Optimization methods for large-scale machine learning, SIAM Review 2018, §5.2).

Setting

Let (Z,P)(Z,P)(Z,P) be a probability space of data points zzz; in the paper z=(x,y)z=(x,y)z=(x,y) is an input–output pair with distribution P(x,y)P(x,y)P(x,y). The parameter is w∈Rmw\in\mathbb R^mw∈Rm (mmm is the number of variables). A per-sample loss ℓ(w;z)\ell(w;z)ℓ(w;z) is given with gradient ∇ℓ(w;z)\nabla\ell(w;z)∇ℓ(w;z) in www, and the objective is the expected loss (2.1)

J(w)=∫ℓ(w;z) dP(z).J(w)=\int\ell(w;z)\,dP(z).J(w)=∫ℓ(w;z)dP(z).

The gradient of the objective is the expected per-sample gradient, ∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z) dP(z)\nabla J(w)=\int\nabla\ell(w;z)\,dP(z)∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z)dP(z).

Uniform convexity (4.2): JJJ is twice continuously differentiable and there are constants 0<λ<L0<\lambda<L0<λ<L with

λ∥d∥22≤dT∇2J(w) d≤L∥d∥22for all w,d.\lambda\|d\|_2^2\le d^T\nabla^2J(w)\,d\le L\|d\|_2^2\qquad\text{for all } w,d .λ∥d∥22​≤dT∇2J(w)d≤L∥d∥22​for all w,d.

Then JJJ has a unique minimizer w∗w^*w∗.

For a random vector X∈RmX\in\mathbb R^mX∈Rm, ∥Var(X)∥1=E∥X−EX∥22\|\mathrm{Var}(X)\|_1=\mathbb E\|X-\mathbb EX\|_2^2∥Var(X)∥1​=E∥X−EX∥22​ is the sum of its componentwise variances. The variance bound (4.22) asks for a constant ω\omegaω with

∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1≤ωfor all w.\|\mathrm{Var}(\nabla\ell(w;\cdot))\|_1\le\omega\qquad\text{for all } w .∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1​≤ωfor all w.

The algorithm. Fix sample sizes nk≥1n_k\ge1nk​≥1 and a starting point w0w_0w0​. At iteration kkk draw a batch SkS_kSk​ of nkn_knk​ points, independently with law PPP and independently of earlier batches, form the batch gradient (4.19)

gk=1nk∑i∈Sk∇ℓ(wk;i),g_k=\frac1{n_k}\sum_{i\in S_k}\nabla\ell(w_k;i),gk​=nk​1​i∈Sk​∑​∇ℓ(wk​;i),

and take the dynamic batch steepest descent step (4.24)

wk+1=wk−1L gk.w_{k+1}=w_k-\frac1L\,g_k .wk+1​=wk​−L1​gk​.

The iterates wkw_kwk​ are random, and expectations below are over all batches.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

If nk≥akn_k\ge a^knk​≥ak for all kkk, for some a>1a>1a>1, and (4.22) holds, then

E[J(wk)−J(w∗)]≤Cρkfor all k,ρ=max⁡{1−λ/(4L), 1/a}<1,C=max⁡{J(w0)−J(w∗), 2ω/λ}.\mathbb E[J(w_k)-J(w^*)]\le C\rho^k\quad\text{for all }k,\qquad \rho=\max\{1-\lambda/(4L),\,1/a\}<1,\quad C=\max\{J(w_0)-J(w^*),\,2\omega/\lambda\}.E[J(wk​)−J(w∗)]≤Cρkfor all k,ρ=max{1−λ/(4L),1/a}<1,C=max{J(w0​)−J(w∗),2ω/λ}.

The constants are the paper's. The goal also asserts that J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) is integrable for every kkk.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. (4.5), p. 8: ∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗)]\nabla J(w)^T\nabla J(w)\ge\lambda[J(w)-J(w^*)]∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗)] for every www.
  2. Taylor bound, p. 11: J(w−1Lg)≤J(w)−1L∇J(w)Tg+12L∥g∥2J(w-\frac1Lg)\le J(w)-\frac1L\nabla J(w)^Tg+\frac1{2L}\|g\|^2J(w−L1​g)≤J(w)−L1​∇J(w)Tg+2L1​∥g∥2 for every www and ggg.
  3. (4.25), p. 11: at a fixed point www, with ggg the batch gradient of nnn i.i.d. draws,
E[J(w−1Lg)]≤J(w)−1L∥∇J(w)∥2+12LE∥g∥2,E∥g∥2=∥∇J(w)∥2+∥Var(g)∥1.\mathbb E[J(w-\tfrac1Lg)]\le J(w)-\tfrac1L\|\nabla J(w)\|^2+\tfrac1{2L}\mathbb E\|g\|^2,\qquad \mathbb E\|g\|^2=\|\nabla J(w)\|^2+\|\mathrm{Var}(g)\|_1 .E[J(w−L1​g)]≤J(w)−L1​∥∇J(w)∥2+2L1​E∥g∥2,E∥g∥2=∥∇J(w)∥2+∥Var(g)∥1​.
  1. Variance of the batch gradient, p. 12: ∥Var(g)∥1≤∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1/n\|\mathrm{Var}(g)\|_1\le\|\mathrm{Var}(\nabla\ell(w;\cdot))\|_1/n∥Var(g)∥1​≤∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1​/n.
  2. (4.26), p. 12: E[J(w−1Lg)]≤J(w)−12L∥∇J(w)∥2+12Ln∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1\mathbb E[J(w-\tfrac1Lg)]\le J(w)-\tfrac1{2L}\|\nabla J(w)\|^2+\tfrac1{2Ln}\|\mathrm{Var}(\nabla\ell(w;\cdot))\|_1E[J(w−L1​g)]≤J(w)−2L1​∥∇J(w)∥2+2Ln1​∥Var(∇ℓ(w;⋅))∥1​.
  3. (4.27), p. 12: E[J(w−1Lg)−J(w∗)]≤(1−λ2L)(J(w)−J(w∗))+ω2Ln\mathbb E[J(w-\tfrac1Lg)-J(w^*)]\le(1-\tfrac{\lambda}{2L})(J(w)-J(w^*))+\tfrac{\omega}{2Ln}E[J(w−L1​g)−J(w∗)]≤(1−2Lλ​)(J(w)−J(w∗))+2Lnω​.

Milestones 3–6 are the paper's conditional expectations given wkw_kwk​, stated at a fixed point www with the batch drawn afresh.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 is the convergence guarantee of the dynamic sampling strategy: it says that the noise of a mini-batch gradient does not destroy the linear rate of steepest descent, provided the batch grows geometrically. The rate ρ\rhoρ makes the trade-off explicit: the optimization contracts by 1−λ/(4L)1-\lambda/(4L)1−λ/(4L) per step, the noise by 1/a1/a1/a, and the slower of the two governs. From it the paper's Corollary 4.3 bounds the total number of sample-gradient evaluations to reach E[J(wk)−J(w∗)]≤ϵ\mathbb E[J(w_k)-J(w^*)]\le\epsilonE[J(wk​)−J(w∗)]≤ϵ by O(L/(λϵ))O(L/(\lambda\epsilon))O(L/(λϵ)), which places dynamic batch methods on the same footing as stochastic gradient descent in the Bottou–Bousquet comparison, while keeping the parallelism of batch methods.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. A formalization produces a reusable account of the one-iteration analysis of a mini-batch gradient step (descent lemma, variance of an i.i.d. sample mean of random vectors, conditional expectation over a fresh batch), and of the passage from a conditional one-step recursion to an unconditional bound over a run driven by an infinite i.i.d. array. Corollary 4.3 is not part of this mission: it involves O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) bounds, a cost model for gradient evaluations and an iteration count treated as a real number.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the induction on p. 12 is short. The difficulty is in making the probability rigorous. The iterate wkw_kwk​ is random, and the paper's one-step bound (4.27) is a conditional expectation given wkw_kwk​, with J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) on the right-hand side. Turning it into an unconditional recursion requires that the batch of iteration kkk be independent of wkw_kwk​, that wkw_kwk​ be a measurable function of the earlier batches, and that J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) and ∥gk∥2\|g_k\|^2∥gk​∥2 be integrable at every step, none of which is automatic for a run driven by an infinite array of draws. A naive formalization that treats wkw_kwk​ as a fixed point, or gkg_kgk​ as an abstract random vector with a postulated variance bound, skips exactly this content.

The variance identity for a sample mean of random vectors in Rm\mathbb R^mRm and the bound ∥∇J(w)∥≤L∥w−w∗∥\|\nabla J(w)\|\le L\|w-w^*\|∥∇J(w)∥≤L∥w−w∗∥ from (4.2) are standard but not packaged in this form in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

  • The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m). The paper's λ\lambdaλ is written lam (λ is a Lean keyword). (4.2) is ContDiff ℝ 2 J, 0 < lam < L, and the two-sided bound on fderiv ℝ (fderiv ℝ J) w d d.
  • JJJ is defined as the Bochner integral ∫ℓ(w;z) dP(z)\int\ell(w;z)\,dP(z)∫ℓ(w;z)dP(z) for a general per-sample loss ℓ\ellℓ; the paper's linear predictor f(w;x)=wTxf(w;x)=w^Txf(w;x)=wTx and convex loss lll are not used by the theorem and are not assumed. The model assumes: ℓ(w;⋅)\ell(w;\cdot)ℓ(w;⋅) integrable; ∇ℓ(w;z)\nabla\ell(w;z)∇ℓ(w;z) the gradient of ℓ(⋅;z)\ell(\cdot;z)ℓ(⋅;z) at www; (w,z)↦∇ℓ(w;z)(w,z)\mapsto\nabla\ell(w;z)(w,z)↦∇ℓ(w;z) jointly measurable; ∇ℓ(w;⋅)\nabla\ell(w;\cdot)∇ℓ(w;⋅) square-integrable; and ∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z) dP(z)\nabla J(w)=\int\nabla\ell(w;z)\,dP(z)∇J(w)=∫∇ℓ(w;z)dP(z) (differentiation under the integral, which the paper uses without proof).
  • Sampling with replacement. The paper's (3.5) is sampling without replacement from NNN points; it takes N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ on p. 5, which "also corresponds to the case of sampling with replacement". The formalization draws every point i.i.d. from PPP: draw iii of iteration kkk is ξk,i\xi_{k,i}ξk,i​ and the law of the whole array is Measure.infinitePi over N×N\mathbb N\times\mathbb NN×N. The finite-population factor (N−nk)/(N−1)(N-n_k)/(N-1)(N−nk​)/(N−1) is not modelled.
  • w∗w^*w∗ is a given minimizer of JJJ; nkn_knk​ are natural numbers with ak≤nka^k\le n_kak≤nk​ (real powers of a real a>1a>1a>1); ω\omegaω is a real number.
  • The goal asserts integrability of J(wk)J(w_k)J(wk​) together with the bound, so the inequality cannot be met by the Bochner integral's value 000 on a non-integrable function. The batch gradient is the mean over nkn_knk​ draws at the current iterate, and wkw_kwk​ is the random run: a goal with an abstract random gkg_kgk​ satisfying a postulated variance bound, or with wkw_kwk​ a deterministic sequence, would not be this theorem.
  • Welcome contributions: the variance of an i.i.d. mean of Rm\mathbb R^mRm-valued random vectors; the descent lemma and gradient-dominance inequality from Hessian bounds; measurability and independence lemmas for processes driven by Measure.infinitePi. All three are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. H. Byrd, G. M. Chin, J. Nocedal, Y. Wu, Sample size selection in optimization methods for machine learning, Mathematical Programming 134 (2012) 127–155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0572-5
  • L. Bottou, O. Bousquet, The tradeoffs of large scale learning, NIPS 2007. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3323-the-tradeoffs-of-large-scale-learning
  • M. P. Friedlander, M. Schmidt, Hybrid deterministic-stochastic methods for data fitting, SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 34 (2012) A1380–A1405. https://doi.org/10.1137/110830629
  • L. Bottou, F. E. Curtis, J. Nocedal, Optimization methods for large-scale machine learning, SIAM Review 60 (2018) 223–311. https://doi.org/10.1137/16M1080173
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample Size Selection in Optimization Methods for Machine Learning 2: Steepest Descent with Gradient Error ‖g_k − ∇J(w_k)‖ ≤ θ‖g_k‖ Contracts J by 1 − βλ/L per StepResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a machine-learning model usually means minimizing an expected or empirical loss J(w)J(w)J(w) over parameters w∈Rmw \in \mathbb{R}^mw∈Rm. Exact gradients of such objectives are expensive, because each one requires a pass over the whole data set; practical methods replace ∇J(wk)\nabla J(w_k)∇J(wk​) by a cheaper approximation gkg_kgk​, for instance a gradient computed on a subsample. This raises a basic question for the analysis of optimization algorithms: how accurate must the approximate gradient be for steepest descent to keep its linear rate of convergence?

Byrd, Chin, Nocedal and Wu (Math. Program. 2012) answer this question with a relative-error condition, and use the answer to motivate a rule that increases the sample size during the run. Their §4.1 treats the deterministic case: the approximations gkg_kgk​ are arbitrary vectors, and only a geometric condition linking gkg_kgk​ to ∇J(wk)\nabla J(w_k)∇J(wk​) is assumed. That deterministic result, Theorem 4.1, is the goal of this mission. The stochastic counterpart (Theorem 4.2, dynamic batch sizes) is a separate mission of the same series.

Relative-error conditions of this kind ("the error is a fixed fraction of the step") appear throughout the literature on inexact gradient and inexact Newton methods (e.g. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis 2000 on gradient methods with errors), and the condition (4.8) below is the deterministic template for the adaptive sampling tests later developed for stochastic optimization.

Setting

Let J:Rm→RJ : \mathbb{R}^m \to \mathbb{R}J:Rm→R be twice continuously differentiable and uniformly convex: there are constants 0<λ<L0 < \lambda < L0<λ<L such that

λ∥d∥22  ≤  dT∇2J(w) d  ≤  L∥d∥22for all w,d∈Rm.(4.2)\lambda\|d\|_2^2 \;\le\; d^T \nabla^2 J(w)\, d \;\le\; L\|d\|_2^2 \qquad\text{for all } w, d \in \mathbb{R}^m. \tag{4.2}λ∥d∥22​≤dT∇2J(w)d≤L∥d∥22​for all w,d∈Rm.(4.2)

Such a JJJ has a unique minimizer w∗w_*w∗​; following the paper, it is normalized so that J(w∗)=0J(w_*) = 0J(w∗​)=0.

Fix θ∈(0,1)\theta \in (0,1)θ∈(0,1). Given a sequence of vectors g0,g1,…g_0, g_1, \ldotsg0​,g1​,… (the approximate gradients), the fixed-steplength steepest descent iteration is

wk+1=wk−αgk,α=1−θL.(4.1, 4.7)w_{k+1} = w_k - \alpha g_k, \qquad \alpha = \frac{1-\theta}{L}. \tag{4.1, 4.7}wk+1​=wk​−αgk​,α=L1−θ​.(4.1, 4.7)

The approximate gradient at iteration kkk satisfies the relative-error condition if

∥gk−∇J(wk)∥  ≤  θ ∥gk∥.(4.8)\|g_k - \nabla J(w_k)\| \;\le\; \theta\, \|g_k\|. \tag{4.8}∥gk​−∇J(wk​)∥≤θ∥gk​∥.(4.8)

Write

β=(1−θ)22(1+θ)2.(4.9)\beta = \frac{(1-\theta)^2}{2(1+\theta)^2}. \tag{4.9}β=2(1+θ)2(1−θ)2​.(4.9)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 8)

  1. If (4.8) holds at iteration kkk, then
J(wk+1)≤(1−βλL)J(wk).(4.9)J(w_{k+1}) \le \Bigl(1 - \frac{\beta\lambda}{L}\Bigr) J(w_k). \tag{4.9}J(wk+1​)≤(1−Lβλ​)J(wk​).(4.9)
  1. If (4.8) holds at every iteration, then wk→w∗w_k \to w_*wk​→w∗​ (4.10); every k>Lβλ[log⁡(1/ϵ)+log⁡J(w0)]k > \frac{L}{\beta\lambda}[\log(1/\epsilon) + \log J(w_0)]k>βλL​[log(1/ϵ)+logJ(w0​)] satisfies J(wk)<J(w∗)+ϵJ(w_k) < J(w_*) + \epsilonJ(wk​)<J(w∗​)+ϵ (4.11); and
∥gk∥2≤1(1−θ)2 2L2J(w0)λ(1−βλL)k.(4.12)\|g_k\|^2 \le \frac{1}{(1-\theta)^2}\,\frac{2L^2J(w_0)}{\lambda}\Bigl(1-\frac{\beta\lambda}{L}\Bigr)^k. \tag{4.12}∥gk​∥2≤(1−θ)21​λ2L2J(w0​)​(1−Lβλ​)k.(4.12)

The constants are those of the paper and are kept explicit.

Milestones

In the order the paper's proof uses them:

  • (4.5) ∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗)]\nabla J(w)^T\nabla J(w) \ge \lambda[J(w) - J(w_*)]∇J(w)T∇J(w)≥λ[J(w)−J(w∗​)] and (4.6) J(w)−J(w∗)≥λ2L2∥∇J(w)∥22J(w) - J(w_*) \ge \frac{\lambda}{2L^2}\|\nabla J(w)\|_2^2J(w)−J(w∗​)≥2L2λ​∥∇J(w)∥22​, consequences of (4.2) alone (p. 8);
  • (4.13) (1−θ)∥gk∥≤∥∇J(wk)∥≤(1+θ)∥gk∥(1-\theta)\|g_k\| \le \|\nabla J(w_k)\| \le (1+\theta)\|g_k\|(1−θ)∥gk​∥≤∥∇J(wk​)∥≤(1+θ)∥gk​∥ and (4.14) ∇J(wk)Tgk≥(1−θ)∥gk∥2\nabla J(w_k)^Tg_k \ge (1-\theta)\|g_k\|^2∇J(wk​)Tgk​≥(1−θ)∥gk​∥2 under (4.8) (p. 9);
  • (4.16) the one-step decrease J(wk+1)≤J(wk)−βL∥∇J(wk)∥2J(w_{k+1}) \le J(w_k) - \frac{\beta}{L}\|\nabla J(w_k)\|^2J(wk+1​)≤J(wk​)−Lβ​∥∇J(wk​)∥2 under (4.8) at kkk (p. 9);
  • (4.17) J(wk)≤(1−βλ/L)kJ(w0)J(w_k) \le (1 - \beta\lambda/L)^k J(w_0)J(wk​)≤(1−βλ/L)kJ(w0​) under (4.8) at every earlier iteration (p. 9).

Significance

Theorem 4.1 says that the linear convergence of steepest descent on a uniformly convex function survives arbitrary gradient errors, provided each error is at most a fixed fraction θ\thetaθ of the approximate gradient's own norm. The price is explicit: the per-step contraction factor is 1−β(θ)λ/L1 - \beta(\theta)\lambda/L1−β(θ)λ/L instead of a factor of the form 1−cλ/L1 - c\lambda/L1−cλ/L with an absolute constant ccc, and the iteration bound (4.11) grows like L/(βλ)L/(\beta\lambda)L/(βλ) times a logarithm. Because (4.8) is relative rather than absolute, no a priori bound on the error is needed, and the error may be large far from the solution. In the paper this is the motivation for requiring the sample variance of a subsampled gradient to be small relative to ∥gk∥2\|g_k\|^2∥gk​∥2, which leads to the dynamic sample-size rule analysed in §4.2.

The result is proved in the paper (pp. 9–10). No machine-checked proof of it, or of any relative-error inexact gradient method with explicit constants, has been published. A formal proof provides a checked reference statement for inexact first-order methods with the paper's constants, and the milestones (4.5), (4.6), (4.13), (4.14) are reusable facts about strongly convex smooth functions and about relative-error gradient approximations.

Difficulty

Each step is classical, but the proof combines second-order information with metric estimates. The descent estimate (4.15) needs a second-order Taylor bound from the upper Hessian bound in (4.2), which in Lean means passing from a bound on the second Fréchet derivative to a quadratic upper bound on JJJ along a segment. The inequalities (4.5) and (4.6) relate the gradient norm to the optimality gap through the lower and upper Hessian bounds and the minimizer, and must be derived without an explicit averaged Hessian unless one is built. The convergence wk→w∗w_k \to w_*wk​→w∗​ in (4.10) requires turning convergence of the function values into convergence of the iterates, which again uses uniform convexity. Finally, (4.11) is a logarithmic iteration count whose boundary cases (J(w0)=0J(w_0) = 0J(w0​)=0, ϵ≥J(w0)\epsilon \ge J(w_0)ϵ≥J(w0​)) must be handled. A naive reading of the iteration with exact gradients does not apply: the step is (1−θ)/L(1-\theta)/L(1−θ)/L, not 1/L1/L1/L, and the direction −gk-g_k−gk​ is only known to be a descent direction through (4.14).

Formalization scope

The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m). Assumption (4.2) is a definition HessianBounds J lam L (with lam for λ\lambdaλ, a Lean keyword): ContDiff ℝ 2 J, 0 < lam < L, and both bounds on the quadratic form fderiv ℝ (fderiv ℝ J) w d d. The gradient is Mathlib's gradient J. The minimizer is a point wstar with J wstar ≤ J w for all w, and J wstar = 0 is a hypothesis of the goal and of (4.17), exactly as in the paper; (4.5) and (4.6) are stated with J(w∗)J(w_*)J(w∗​) and without it. The constant β\betaβ is a definition beta θ; it is never a free variable. The approximate gradients gkg_kgk​ are an arbitrary sequence and nothing is random. The iterates are any sequence with w (k+1) = w k - ((1 - θ) / L) • g k for all k.

The one-step claim (4.9) assumes (4.8) only at the index kkk; (4.10)–(4.12) assume it at every index. (4.11) is stated in the form the proof derives in (4.18): every kkk strictly beyond the bound has J(wk)<ϵJ(w_k) < \epsilonJ(wk​)<ϵ. The logarithm is natural; when J(w0)=0J(w_0) = 0J(w0​)=0 Lean's convention log⁡0=0\log 0 = 0log0=0 applies, which is harmless because every iterate is then optimal. No positivity hypothesis on J(w0)J(w_0)J(w0​) is added.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the step size is fixed by the paper, β\betaβ and the Hessian bounds are pinned, and the hypotheses are satisfiable, e.g. by J(w)=c2∥w∥2J(w) = \tfrac{c}{2}\|w\|^2J(w)=2c​∥w∥2 with λ<c<L\lambda < c < Lλ<c<L, w∗=0w_* = 0w∗​=0 and gk=∇J(wk)g_k = \nabla J(w_k)gk​=∇J(wk​).

A complete development needs: a second-order Taylor (or mean-value) bound from a Hessian bound, the strong-convexity inequalities (4.5)–(4.6), and elementary real-analysis facts about geometric sequences and logarithms. The milestones (4.5), (4.6), (4.13) and (4.14) are independent of the iteration and reusable. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs with sharper constants stated as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. H. Byrd, G. M. Chin, J. Nocedal, Y. Wu, Sample size selection in optimization methods for machine learning, Mathematical Programming 134 (2012), 127–155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0572-5
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient convergence in gradient methods with errors, SIAM Journal on Optimization 10 (2000), 627–642. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • L. Bottou, O. Bousquet, The tradeoffs of large scale learning, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 20 (2008). https://papers.nips.cc/paper/3323-the-tradeoffs-of-large-scale-learning
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Low-rank Matrix Recovery via Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares Minimization 2: A Rank Restricted Isometry Constant δ_4k < √2 − 1 Implies the Strong Rank Null Space Property of Order kResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation problems ask for a low-rank matrix from far fewer linear measurements than it has entries: matrix completion, quantum state tomography, recovery of positions from partial distances. The rank minimization problem min⁡rank⁡(X)\min \operatorname{rank}(X)minrank(X) subject to S(X)=M\mathcal S(X) = \mathcal MS(X)=M is NP-hard, so one solves a tractable surrogate instead, either the nuclear-norm minimization min⁡∥X∥∗\min \|X\|_*min∥X∥∗​ subject to S(X)=M\mathcal S(X) = \mathcal MS(X)=M or an iterative scheme such as the iteratively reweighted least squares algorithm IRLS-M of Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward (arXiv:1010.2471).

Guarantees for these surrogates rest on conditions on the measurement map. Two are standard. The restricted isometry property (RIP) asks that S\mathcal SS nearly preserve the Frobenius norm of every low-rank matrix; it holds with high probability for many random maps, and it is what one can verify in practice. The null space property asks that no nonzero matrix in the kernel of S\mathcal SS be concentrated on few singular directions; it is what the recovery proofs actually use. This mission formalizes the bridge between them in the paper's form: a small restricted isometry constant implies the strong rank null space property (SRNSP) that drives the convergence analysis of IRLS-M.

Timeline.

  • 2005: Candès and Tao introduce restricted isometry constants for sparse vectors and prove exact recovery by ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ minimization under a condition on them (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory).
  • 2008: Candès shows that δ2s<2−1\delta_{2s} < \sqrt 2 - 1δ2s​<2​−1 suffices in the vector case (C. R. Math.).
  • 2010: Recht, Fazel and Parrilo define the rank restricted isometry property and prove that nuclear-norm minimization recovers every rank-rrr matrix when δ5r\delta_{5r}δ5r​ is small enough (SIAM Review).
  • 2011: Candès and Plan prove the matrix analogue of the 2−1\sqrt 2 - 12​−1 threshold and the orthogonality estimate quoted here as Lemma 6.9 (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory).
  • 2011: Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward prove Proposition 6.8, the target of this mission: δ4k<2−1\delta_{4k} < \sqrt 2 - 1δ4k​<2​−1 implies the SRNSP of order kkk.

Setting

Fix integers n,p,mn, p, mn,p,m. A measurement map is a linear map S:Rn×p→Rm\mathcal S : \mathbb R^{n\times p} \to \mathbb R^mS:Rn×p→Rm; it is given by mmm matrices A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​ through S(X)ℓ=⟨Aℓ,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_\ell = \langle A_\ell, X\rangleS(X)ℓ​=⟨Aℓ​,X⟩, where ⟨X,Y⟩=Tr⁡(XY⊤)=∑i,jXijYij\langle X, Y\rangle = \operatorname{Tr}(XY^{\top}) = \sum_{i,j} X_{ij}Y_{ij}⟨X,Y⟩=Tr(XY⊤)=∑i,j​Xij​Yij​. The Frobenius norm is ∥X∥F=⟨X,X⟩1/2\|X\|_F = \langle X, X\rangle^{1/2}∥X∥F​=⟨X,X⟩1/2, the nuclear norm ∥X∥∗\|X\|_*∥X∥∗​ is the sum of the singular values of XXX, and ∥S(X)∥ℓ2m\|\mathcal S(X)\|_{\ell_2^m}∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​​ is the Euclidean norm of the vector S(X)\mathcal S(X)S(X). A matrix is kkk-rank if its rank is at most kkk.

The restricted isometry constant δk=δk(S)\delta_k = \delta_k(\mathcal S)δk​=δk​(S) (Definition 1.1) is the smallest δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 such that

(1−δ)∥X∥F2≤∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2≤(1+δ)∥X∥F2for all k-rank X.(1 - \delta)\|X\|_F^2 \le \|\mathcal S(X)\|_{\ell_2^m}^2 \le (1+\delta)\|X\|_F^2 \qquad \text{for all $k$-rank } X .(1−δ)∥X∥F2​≤∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​≤(1+δ)∥X∥F2​for all k-rank X.

The map S\mathcal SS has the strong rank null space property of order kkk with constant η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1) (Definition 6.4) if for every X∈ker⁡S∖{0}X \in \ker \mathcal S \setminus\{0\}X∈kerS∖{0} and every decomposition X=X1+X2X = X_1 + X_2X=X1​+X2​ with X1X_1X1​ kkk-rank, there is another decomposition X=H1+H2X = H_1 + H_2X=H1​+H2​ with rank⁡H1≤2k\operatorname{rank} H_1 \le 2krankH1​≤2k, ⟨H1,H2⟩=0\langle H_1, H_2\rangle = 0⟨H1​,H2​⟩=0, X1H2⊤=0X_1H_2^{\top} = 0X1​H2⊤​=0, X1⊤H2=0X_1^{\top}H_2 = 0X1⊤​H2​=0, and

∥H1∥∗≤η ∥H2∥∗.\|H_1\|_* \le \eta\,\|H_2\|_* .∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​.

In Lean these are IRLSM.RIP.ripConst A k, IRLSM.RIP.SRNSP A k η and IRLSM.RIP.measSq A X =∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2= \|\mathcal S(X)\|^2_{\ell_2^m}=∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​, built on the published module HighDimStat_MatrixRank_Core (traceInner, frobeniusNorm, nuclearNorm, observationOp).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.8

If δ4k>0\delta_{4k} > 0δ4k​>0 and

δ4k<2−1,\delta_{4k} < \sqrt 2 - 1,δ4k​<2​−1,

then S\mathcal SS satisfies the SRNSP of order kkk with constant

η=2 δ4k1−δ3k∈(0,1).\eta = \sqrt 2\,\frac{\delta_{4k}}{1 - \delta_{3k}} \in (0,1).η=2​1−δ3k​δ4k​​∈(0,1).

The constant η\etaη is the paper's explicit one; the goal asserts the full property for every kernel element and every decomposition, including η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.9 (Candès–Plan): for ⟨X,Y⟩=0\langle X, Y\rangle = 0⟨X,Y⟩=0 and rank⁡X+rank⁡Y≤k\operatorname{rank}X + \operatorname{rank}Y \le krankX+rankY≤k, ∣⟨S(X),S(Y)⟩∣≤δk∥X∥F∥Y∥F|\langle \mathcal S(X), \mathcal S(Y)\rangle| \le \delta_k \|X\|_F\|Y\|_F∣⟨S(X),S(Y)⟩∣≤δk​∥X∥F​∥Y∥F​.
  2. Lemma 6.10 (Recht–Fazel–Parrilo): XZ⊤=0XZ^{\top} = 0XZ⊤=0 and X⊤Z=0X^{\top}Z = 0X⊤Z=0 imply ∥X+Z∥∗=∥X∥∗+∥Z∥∗\|X + Z\|_* = \|X\|_* + \|Z\|_*∥X+Z∥∗​=∥X∥∗​+∥Z∥∗​.
  3. The block decomposition of the proof: relative to an SVD X1=U(Σ000)V⊤X_1 = U(\begin{smallmatrix}\Sigma & 0\\ 0 & 0\end{smallmatrix})V^{\top}X1​=U(Σ0​00​)V⊤, the matrices H0H_0H0​ and HcH_cHc​ obtained by zeroing blocks of U⊤XVU^{\top}XVU⊤XV satisfy X=H0+HcX = H_0 + H_cX=H0​+Hc​, rank⁡H0≤2k\operatorname{rank}H_0 \le 2krankH0​≤2k, X1Hc⊤=0X_1H_c^{\top} = 0X1​Hc⊤​=0, X1⊤Hc=0X_1^{\top}H_c = 0X1⊤​Hc​=0, ⟨H0,Hc⟩=0\langle H_0, H_c\rangle = 0⟨H0​,Hc​⟩=0.
  4. ∥H∥∗≤r ∥H∥F\|H\|_* \le \sqrt r\,\|H\|_F∥H∥∗​≤r​∥H∥F​ for rank⁡H≤r\operatorname{rank}H \le rrankH≤r, and ∥H∥F≤∥H+K∥F\|H\|_F \le \|H + K\|_F∥H∥F​≤∥H+K∥F​ for ⟨H,K⟩=0\langle H, K\rangle = 0⟨H,K⟩=0.
  5. The shelling bound: for a nonincreasing nonnegative sequence cut into blocks of length ℓ\ellℓ, each block's ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm is at most ℓ−1/2\ell^{-1/2}ℓ−1/2 times the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm of the previous block.
  6. Monotonicity δk≤δk′\delta_k \le \delta_{k'}δk​≤δk′​ for k≤k′k \le k'k≤k′, and η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1) under 0<δ4k<2−10 < \delta_{4k} < \sqrt2 - 10<δ4k​<2​−1.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6.8 is the step that turns a verifiable, probabilistically typical hypothesis (a small rank restricted isometry constant, which Gaussian and many other random maps satisfy once mmm is of order kmax⁡(n,p)k\max(n,p)kmax(n,p)) into the deterministic null-space hypothesis under which the paper proves that IRLS-M converges to the nuclear-norm minimizer and recovers every kkk-rank matrix exactly (Theorem 6.11, Proposition 2.1). Through Lemma 6.6 and Corollary 6.7 of the same paper, the SRNSP also gives stable recovery by nuclear-norm minimization, with error controlled by the best kkk-rank approximation error in the nuclear norm.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof that we know of. A complete development supplies the rank restricted isometry constant as a usable object (its monotonicity, its polarization estimate Lemma 6.9), the nuclear norm's additivity on orthogonal pieces, its comparison with the Frobenius norm, and the block-splitting of the singular value decomposition. These tools are reusable across low-rank recovery. The sibling mission of this series, IRLS-M Converges to the Nuclear-Norm Minimizer Under the Strong Rank Null Space Property, takes the SRNSP as its hypothesis; together the two give Proposition 2.1 of the paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound ∥H1∥∗\|H_1\|_*∥H1​∥∗​ directly by the restricted isometry inequality, but that inequality controls only Frobenius norms of low-rank matrices, while the kernel element XXX has full rank in general and the property is stated in nuclear norms. The restricted isometry hypothesis therefore cannot be applied to XXX, or to H2H_2H2​, as a whole, and the constant η\etaη depends on how the high-rank part is handled. In Lean, the singular value decomposition of a rectangular matrix and the behaviour of singular values under block operations are the main missing infrastructure: Mathlib has the spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices but little on singular values of rectangular matrices.

Formalization scope

  • Real matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ; the paper treats real and complex matrices indifferently. X∗X^*X∗ is X⊤X^{\top}X⊤ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ is traceInner.
  • Measurement map by matrices: S(X)ℓ=⟨Aℓ,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_\ell = \langle A_\ell, X\rangleS(X)ℓ​=⟨Aℓ​,X⟩ (observationOp); ∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2\|\mathcal S(X)\|^2_{\ell_2^m}∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​ is a sum of squares, not Mathlib's sup norm on Fin m → ℝ.
  • The squared RIP constant of Definition 1.1, defined as the infimum of the admissible δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 (attained, never a junk value), for every k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N; the page's range 1≤k≤n1 \le k \le n1≤k≤n is dropped because the goal uses δ4k\delta_{4k}δ4k​ with 4k4k4k possibly larger than nnn. The unsquared constant (1−δ)∥X∥F≤∥S(X)∥≤(1+δ)∥X∥F(1-\delta)\|X\|_F \le \|\mathcal S(X)\| \le (1+\delta)\|X\|_F(1−δ)∥X∥F​≤∥S(X)∥≤(1+δ)∥X∥F​ used by other formalizations is a different quantity and is not used.
  • Positivity δ4k>0\delta_{4k} > 0δ4k​>0 is a hypothesis of the goal: it is Definition 1.1's own "δk>0\delta_k > 0δk​>0", and without it η=0∉(0,1)\eta = 0 \notin (0,1)η=0∈/(0,1).
  • No n ≤ p assumption: the proof does not use it.
  • The block decomposition milestone states the page's explicit construction, with a general (not necessarily diagonal) top-left block, and without the unused hypothesis X∈ker⁡SX \in \ker\mathcal SX∈kerS.
  • The shelling bound is stated in its vector form for every block; the page writes "for j≥2j \ge 2j≥2" but display (6.7) uses it for every j≥1j \ge 1j≥1.

A formalization that proved only η<1\eta < 1η<1, or only the existence of some decomposition without the bound ∥H1∥∗≤η∥H2∥∗\|H_1\|_* \le \eta\|H_2\|_*∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​, or that defined δk\delta_kδk​ as any admissible constant rather than the smallest one, would not be this mission's goal.

Welcome contributions: singular value decomposition for rectangular real matrices in the Core encoding, singular values of block-diagonal and orthogonally-equivalent matrices, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • M. Fornasier, H. Rauhut, R. Ward, Low-rank matrix recovery via iteratively reweighted least squares minimization, SIAM J. Optim. 21(4), 2011; read as arXiv:1010.2471v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1010.2471
  • E. J. Candès, Y. Plan, Tight oracle inequalities for low-rank matrix recovery from a minimal number of noisy random measurements, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 57(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2011.2111771
  • B. Recht, M. Fazel, P. A. Parrilo, Guaranteed minimum-rank solutions of linear matrix equations via nuclear norm minimization, SIAM Review 52(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/070697835
  • E. J. Candès, T. Tao, Decoding by linear programming, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 51(12), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2005.858979
  • E. J. Candès, The restricted isometry property and its implications for compressed sensing, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 346, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2008.03.014
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Low-rank Matrix Recovery via Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares Minimization 1: IRLS-M Converges to the Nuclear-Norm Minimizer Under the Strong Rank Null Space PropertyResearch Paper

Motivation

Many data problems ask for a matrix of low rank from far fewer linear measurements than it has entries: matrix completion (recommender systems, where a few ratings of a large user–item table are observed), system identification, and quantum state tomography. Minimizing the rank under the measurement constraints is NP-hard in general. The standard convex surrogate replaces the rank by the nuclear norm, the sum of the singular values, and recovers the low-rank matrix exactly when the measurement map is well conditioned on low-rank matrices (Recht, Fazel, Parrilo 2010; Candès, Recht 2009).

Solving the nuclear norm problem at scale is itself a numerical challenge: interior point methods do not scale, and first-order methods such as singular value thresholding (Cai, Candès, Shen 2010) need many iterations. Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward proposed an alternative, iteratively reweighted least squares for matrices (IRLS-M), which replaces the nonsmooth problem by a sequence of weighted least squares problems whose weights are recomputed from the current iterate. It is the matrix analogue of the IRLS method for sparse vectors of Daubechies, DeVore, Fornasier, Güntürk 2010, and a closely related algorithm was studied at the same time by Mohan and Fazel (Allerton 2010; journal version JMLR 2012).

Timeline. 2008–2010: nuclear norm recovery under rank restricted isometry (Recht–Fazel–Parrilo) and the rank null space property (Recht–Xu–Hassibi). 2010: convergence of IRLS for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ under the vector null space property (Daubechies et al.). 2010–2011: IRLS-M and its convergence under the strong rank null space property (this paper, arXiv:1010.2471, SIAM J. Optim. 21(4), 2011).

Setting

Throughout, XXX is a real n×pn\times pn×p matrix with n≤pn\le pn≤p, with singular values σ1(X)≥⋯≥σn(X)≥0\sigma_1(X)\ge\dots\ge\sigma_n(X)\ge0σ1​(X)≥⋯≥σn​(X)≥0. The Frobenius norm is ∥X∥F\|X\|_F∥X∥F​, the nuclear norm is ∥X∥∗=∑iσi(X)\|X\|_*=\sum_i\sigma_i(X)∥X∥∗​=∑i​σi​(X), and ⟨X,Y⟩=∑i,jXijYij\langle X,Y\rangle=\sum_{i,j}X_{ij}Y_{ij}⟨X,Y⟩=∑i,j​Xij​Yij​. A linear measurement map S:Rn×p→Rm\mathcal S:\mathbb R^{n\times p}\to\mathbb R^mS:Rn×p→Rm is given by matrices A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​ through S(X)l=⟨Al,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_l=\langle A_l,X\rangleS(X)l​=⟨Al​,X⟩; the data are M∈Rm\mathscr M\in\mathbb R^mM∈Rm.

The best kkk-rank approximation error is ρk(X)∗=min⁡rank⁡Z≤k∥X−Z∥∗\rho_k(X)_*=\min_{\operatorname{rank}Z\le k}\|X-Z\|_*ρk​(X)∗​=minrankZ≤k​∥X−Z∥∗​. The map S\mathcal SS has the strong rank null space property (SRNSP) of order kkk with constant η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) if every nonzero X∈ker⁡SX\in\ker\mathcal SX∈kerS and every split X=X1+X2X=X_1+X_2X=X1​+X2​ with rank⁡X1≤k\operatorname{rank}X_1\le krankX1​≤k admit another split X=H1+H2X=H_1+H_2X=H1​+H2​ with rank⁡H1≤2k\operatorname{rank}H_1\le2krankH1​≤2k, ⟨H1,H2⟩=0\langle H_1,H_2\rangle=0⟨H1​,H2​⟩=0, X1H2T=0X_1H_2^{\mathsf T}=0X1​H2T​=0, X1TH2=0X_1^{\mathsf T}H_2=0X1T​H2​=0 and ∥H1∥∗≤η∥H2∥∗\|H_1\|_*\le\eta\|H_2\|_*∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​.

For ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 the weight of XXX is W=UΣε−1UTW=U\Sigma_\varepsilon^{-1}U^{\mathsf T}W=UΣε−1​UT, where XXT=UΣ2UTXX^{\mathsf T}=U\Sigma^2U^{\mathsf T}XXT=UΣ2UT and Σε=diag⁡(max⁡{σj,ε})\Sigma_\varepsilon=\operatorname{diag}(\max\{\sigma_j,\varepsilon\})Σε​=diag(max{σj​,ε}). The IRLS-M algorithm with parameters K∈NK\in\mathbb NK∈N and γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 starts from W0=IW^0=IW0=I, ε0=1\varepsilon_0=1ε0​=1 and repeats

Xℓ∈arg⁡min⁡S(X)=M∥(Wℓ−1)1/2X∥F2,εℓ=min⁡{εℓ−1,γσK+1(Xℓ)},X^\ell\in\arg\min_{\mathcal S(X)=\mathscr M}\|(W^{\ell-1})^{1/2}X\|_F^2,\qquad\varepsilon_\ell=\min\{\varepsilon_{\ell-1},\gamma\sigma_{K+1}(X^\ell)\},Xℓ∈argS(X)=Mmin​∥(Wℓ−1)1/2X∥F2​,εℓ​=min{εℓ−1​,γσK+1​(Xℓ)},

with WℓW^\ellWℓ the weight of XℓX^\ellXℓ at level εℓ\varepsilon_\ellεℓ​; it stops when εℓ=0\varepsilon_\ell=0εℓ​=0. Two functionals organize the analysis: J(X,W)=12(∥W1/2X∥F2+∥W−1/2∥F2)\mathcal J(X,W)=\tfrac12(\|W^{1/2}X\|_F^2+\|W^{-1/2}\|_F^2)J(X,W)=21​(∥W1/2X∥F2​+∥W−1/2∥F2​), of which IRLS-M is an alternating minimization, and Jε(X)=∑i=1njε(σi(X))\mathcal J_\varepsilon(X)=\sum_{i=1}^n j^\varepsilon(\sigma_i(X))Jε​(X)=∑i=1n​jε(σi​(X)) with jε(u)=∣u∣j^\varepsilon(u)=|u|jε(u)=∣u∣ for ∣u∣≥ε|u|\ge\varepsilon∣u∣≥ε and (u2+ε2)/(2ε)(u^2+\varepsilon^2)/(2\varepsilon)(u2+ε2)/(2ε) otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.11

For γ=1/n\gamma=1/nγ=1/n, any KKK, a surjective S\mathcal SS and any run (Xℓ,εℓ)(X^\ell,\varepsilon_\ell)(Xℓ,εℓ​):

(i)S SRNSP of order K, εℓ→0 ⟹ Xℓ→Xˉ, rank⁡Xˉ≤K, Xˉ=the unique nuclear norm minimizer.\text{(i)}\quad \mathcal S\ \text{SRNSP of order }K,\ \varepsilon_\ell\to0\ \Longrightarrow\ X^\ell\to\bar X,\ \operatorname{rank}\bar X\le K,\ \bar X=\text{the unique nuclear norm minimizer.}(i)S SRNSP of order K, εℓ​→0 ⟹ Xℓ→Xˉ, rankXˉ≤K, Xˉ=the unique nuclear norm minimizer.

(ii) If εℓ→ε>0\varepsilon_\ell\to\varepsilon>0εℓ​→ε>0, the iterates are relatively compact, their accumulation points minimize Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​ on the feasible set, and the sequence converges when that minimizer is unique; under the SRNSP with η<1−2/(K−2)\eta<1-2/(K-2)η<1−2/(K−2), every accumulation point Xˉ\bar XXˉ satisfies, for every feasible XXX and k<K−2η/(1−η)k<K-2\eta/(1-\eta)k<K−2η/(1−η),

∥X−Xˉ∥∗≤Λρk(X)∗,Λ=4(1+η)2(1−η)2((K−k)(1−η)−2η)+2(1+η)1−η.\|X-\bar X\|_*\le\Lambda\rho_k(X)_*,\qquad\Lambda=\frac{4(1+\eta)^2}{(1-\eta)^2((K-k)(1-\eta)-2\eta)}+\frac{2(1+\eta)}{1-\eta}.∥X−Xˉ∥∗​≤Λρk​(X)∗​,Λ=(1−η)2((K−k)(1−η)−2η)4(1+η)2​+1−η2(1+η)​.

(iii) Under the same SRNSP, if a feasible matrix of rank at most kkk exists, then εℓ→0\varepsilon_\ell\to0εℓ​→0.

Milestones

In attack order: the weighted least squares step (Lemma 5.1, the optimality condition (5.4)); the weight step (Lemma 5.2, Proposition 5.3); monotonicity of J\mathcal JJ along the run (Proposition 6.1); singular value facts (Weyl's Theorem 7.1, attainment of ρk\rho_kρk​ at the spectral truncation, Lemma 6.10, Proposition 7.2); null space theory (Theorem 6.3, the inverse triangle inequality Lemma 6.6 with (6.5), Corollary 6.7); and the two steps of the proof of (ii), the optimality condition (6.10) for Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​ and the bound (6.11).

Significance

Theorem 6.11 is the convergence guarantee of IRLS-M. Combined with the fact that a small rank restricted isometry constant implies the SRNSP (Proposition 6.8, the companion mission), it yields Proposition 2.1 of the paper: under δ4K<2−1\delta_{4K}<\sqrt2-1δ4K​<2​−1, IRLS-M recovers every rank-kkk matrix exactly and approximately low-rank matrices stably. Part (iii) says that the algorithm detects exact low-rank data on its own: the smoothing parameter must vanish.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof exists. A complete formalization would give a machine-checked convergence proof of an IRLS-type method; none is on the platform, for vectors or matrices. It also produces reusable matrix analysis: Weyl's perturbation bound for singular values, the nuclear norm best rank-kkk approximation (a Mirsky-type theorem), additivity of the nuclear norm under orthogonality, the null space characterization of nuclear norm recovery, and optimality conditions for spectral functions.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious argument. First, the weight update is a constrained minimization over the positive definite cone; identifying its solution (Proposition 5.3) requires a duality or spectral argument rather than setting a gradient to zero, because the constraint W⪯ε−1IW\preceq\varepsilon^{-1}IW⪯ε−1I is active on small singular values. Second, in case (ii) the limit functional Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​ is convex but not strictly convex, so accumulation points cannot be pinned down by uniqueness; the analysis must instead pass the optimality condition (5.4) of the iterates to the limit, using continuity of the weights in the iterate, and derive (6.10). The step relating ∇Jε\nabla\mathcal J_\varepsilon∇Jε​ to WXˉW\bar XWXˉ needs the differentiability of unitarily invariant spectral functions, which the paper imports from Lewis and Sendov. Weyl's inequality and the spectral truncation facts, routine on paper, are not yet in Mathlib for rectangular matrices.

Formalization scope

All matrices are real (Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ); the paper treats real and complex matrices alike. The paper's standing assumption n≤pn\le pn≤p is a hypothesis wherever n×nn\times nn×n objects (XXTXX^{\mathsf T}XXT, WWW, γ=1/n\gamma=1/nγ=1/n, Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​) occur. Nuclear norm, Frobenius norm, trace inner product and singular values come from the published definition HighDimStat_MatrixRank_Core; sv X i is σi+1(X)\sigma_{i+1}(X)σi+1​(X), 0-based. The measurement map is given by measurement matrices (observationOp), which represents every linear map to Rm\mathbb R^mRm. The weight is defined with Mathlib's continuous functional calculus, and W1/2W^{1/2}W1/2 is cfc Real.sqrt W. The algorithm is the relation IsRun: each Xℓ+1X^{\ell+1}Xℓ+1 is some minimizer of (2.9), X0X^0X0 is free, and εj=0\varepsilon_j=0εj​=0 after a stop. Accumulation points are MapClusterPt; uniqueness of a nuclear norm minimizer is a strict inequality against every other feasible matrix.

The goal cannot be satisfied vacuously: IsRun has a run for every surjective S\mathcal SS and every M\mathscr MM (Lemma 5.1 supplies the minimizers), it carries no positivity or uniqueness assumption a real run could violate, and the theorem keeps all three parts, including the unique-minimizer clause of (i) and the error bound of (ii) for every feasible XXX and every admissible kkk.

Two printed slips are corrected and disclosed: (5.5) omits the factor 12\tfrac1221​ of (5.1), and (6.5) reverses the bracket of (6.4) at ρk=0\rho_k=0ρk​=0. Contributions welcome: Weyl's inequality and the Mirsky-type truncation theorem for rectangular matrices, the spectral calculus behind Propositions 5.3 and (6.10), and proofs of the null space results, which are independent of the algorithm.

Selected references

  • M. Fornasier, H. Rauhut, R. Ward, Low-rank matrix recovery via iteratively reweighted least squares minimization, SIAM J. Optim. 21(4), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1010.2471 (v4 is the version formalized)
  • B. Recht, M. Fazel, P. A. Parrilo, Guaranteed minimum-rank solutions of linear matrix equations via nuclear norm minimization, SIAM Review 52(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/070697835
  • B. Recht, W. Xu, B. Hassibi, Null space conditions and thresholds for rank minimization, Math. Program. 127, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0422-2
  • I. Daubechies, R. DeVore, M. Fornasier, C. S. Güntürk, Iteratively reweighted least squares minimization for sparse recovery, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 63(1), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.20303
  • K. Mohan, M. Fazel, Iterative reweighted least squares for matrix rank minimization, Proc. Allerton Conference, 2010; journal version Iterative reweighted algorithms for matrix rank minimization, JMLR 13, 2012. https://jmlr.org/papers/v13/mohan12a.html
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact matrix completion via convex optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-009-9045-5
  • J.-F. Cai, E. J. Candès, Z. Shen, A singular value thresholding algorithm for matrix completion, SIAM J. Optim. 20(4), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/080738970
  • A. S. Lewis, H. S. Sendov, Nonsmooth analysis of singular values. I: Theory, Set-Valued Analysis 13(3), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-004-7197-7
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Prox-Method with Rate of Convergence O(1/t) for Variational Inequalities with Lipschitz Continuous Monotone Operators and Smooth Convex-Concave Saddle Point Problems: Error √2ΘL/(αN) After N StepsResearch Paper

Motivation

Monotone variational inequalities (v.i.) cover convex minimization, convex–concave saddle-point problems, Nash equilibria of convex games and complementarity problems. Matrix games and other large saddle-point problems are typical cases. At large scale, first-order methods that use only values of the operator and simple auxiliary minimizations are the practical tool. The paper's introduction (pp. 229–231) contrasts this with the black-box lower bound of order 1/ϵ21/\epsilon^21/ϵ2 evaluations for nonsmooth Lipschitz minimization, and with Nesterov's smoothing method (2005), which reaches O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) for structured saddle-point objectives. The paper states that its O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t) complexity estimate is new, to the author's knowledge, even in the Euclidean case, where the scheme is Korpelevich's extragradient method of 1976.

A. Nemirovski, Prox-Method with Rate of Convergence O(1/t) for Variational Inequalities with Lipschitz Continuous Monotone Operators and Smooth Convex-Concave Saddle Point Problems, SIAM J. Optim. 15(1):229–251, 2004 (doi:10.1137/S1052623403425629), introduced what is now called the mirror-prox method. It showed that two prox steps per iteration give an ergodic error of order 1/N1/N1/N when the operator is Lipschitz continuous, and that the bound holds in an arbitrary norm, adapted to the geometry of the feasible set by a distance-generating function. The method and its analysis underlie later work on smooth saddle-point problems, including Nesterov's dual extrapolation and Juditsky–Nemirovski–Tauvel's stochastic mirror-prox (2011).

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, not necessarily Euclidean. Dual vectors ξ\xiξ act on z∈Ez\in Ez∈E by ⟨ξ,z⟩\langle\xi,z\rangle⟨ξ,z⟩, and the conjugate norm is ∥ξ∥∗=max⁡∥z∥≤1⟨ξ,z⟩\|\xi\|_*=\max_{\|z\|\le1}\langle\xi,z\rangle∥ξ∥∗​=max∥z∥≤1​⟨ξ,z⟩. Let Z⊆EZ\subseteq EZ⊆E be nonempty, convex and compact.

The operator FFF maps ZZZ to dual vectors and satisfies (2.1): it is LLL-Lipschitz, ∥F(z)−F(z′)∥∗≤L∥z−z′∥\|F(z)-F(z')\|_*\le L\|z-z'\|∥F(z)−F(z′)∥∗​≤L∥z−z′∥, and monotone, ⟨F(z)−F(z′),z−z′⟩≥0\langle F(z)-F(z'),z-z'\rangle\ge0⟨F(z)−F(z′),z−z′⟩≥0, for all z,z′∈Zz,z'\in Zz,z′∈Z. A solution of the v.i. is a point z∗∈Zz_*\in Zz∗​∈Z with ⟨F(z),z∗−z⟩≤0\langle F(z),z_*-z\rangle\le0⟨F(z),z∗​−z⟩≤0 for all z∈Zz\in Zz∈Z. The accuracy of a candidate zˉ∈Z\bar z\in Zzˉ∈Z is

ϵ(zˉ)=max⁡u∈Z⟨F(u),zˉ−u⟩.\epsilon(\bar z)=\max_{u\in Z}\langle F(u),\bar z-u\rangle .ϵ(zˉ)=u∈Zmax​⟨F(u),zˉ−u⟩.

The distance-generating function ω:Z→R\omega:Z\to\mathbb Rω:Z→R is continuously differentiable on ZZZ and strongly convex with modulus α>0\alpha>0α>0 in the form (2.2): ⟨ω′(z)−ω′(w),z−w⟩≥α∥z−w∥2\langle\omega'(z)-\omega'(w),z-w\rangle\ge\alpha\|z-w\|^2⟨ω′(z)−ω′(w),z−w⟩≥α∥z−w∥2. The prox-mapping is

Pz(ξ)=argmin⁡w∈Z[ω(w)+⟨ξ−ω′(z),w⟩],P_z(\xi)=\operatorname*{argmin}_{w\in Z}\big[\omega(w)+\langle\xi-\omega'(z),w\rangle\big],Pz​(ξ)=w∈Zargmin​[ω(w)+⟨ξ−ω′(z),w⟩],

and the constant Θ(z0)=max⁡z∈Z[ω(z)−ω(z0)−⟨ω′(z0),z−z0⟩]\Theta(z_0)=\max_{z\in Z}[\omega(z)-\omega(z_0)-\langle\omega'(z_0),z-z_0\rangle]Θ(z0​)=maxz∈Z​[ω(z)−ω(z0​)−⟨ω′(z0​),z−z0​⟩] measures how far ZZZ extends from the starting point z0z_0z0​ in the geometry of ω\omegaω.

The basic implementation fixes the stepsize γ=α/(2L)\gamma=\alpha/(\sqrt2L)γ=α/(2​L) (3.2). At step ttt it computes wt,1=Pzt−1(γF(zt−1))w_{t,1}=P_{z_{t-1}}(\gamma F(z_{t-1}))wt,1​=Pzt−1​​(γF(zt−1​)) and checks the test (3.4),

⟨γF(a),a−b⟩+ω(zt−1)+⟨ω′(zt−1),b−zt−1⟩−ω(b)≤0,\langle\gamma F(a),a-b\rangle+\omega(z_{t-1})+\langle\omega'(z_{t-1}),b-z_{t-1}\rangle-\omega(b)\le0,⟨γF(a),a−b⟩+ω(zt−1​)+⟨ω′(zt−1​),b−zt−1​⟩−ω(b)≤0,

for (a,b)=(zt−1,wt,1)(a,b)=(z_{t-1},w_{t,1})(a,b)=(zt−1​,wt,1​). If the test passes, wt=zt−1w_t=z_{t-1}wt​=zt−1​ and zt=wt,1z_t=w_{t,1}zt​=wt,1​. Otherwise wt=wt,1w_t=w_{t,1}wt​=wt,1​ and zt=Pzt−1(γF(wt,1))z_t=P_{z_{t-1}}(\gamma F(w_{t,1}))zt​=Pzt−1​​(γF(wt,1​)). The output after NNN steps is the average zN=1N∑t=1Nwtz^N=\frac1N\sum_{t=1}^Nw_tzN=N1​∑t=1N​wt​ of the points wtw_twt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 239), variational-inequality form

For every run of the basic implementation, (3.4) holds at every step, so two inner iterations always suffice, and for every N≥1N\ge1N≥1

ϵ(zN)≤2 Θ(z0) LαN.(3.9)\epsilon(z^N)\le\frac{\sqrt2\,\Theta(z_0)\,L}{\alpha N}.\tag{3.9}ϵ(zN)≤αN2​Θ(z0​)L​.(3.9)

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Lemma 2.1 (2.5), p. 232: Hu(Pz(ξ))−Hu(z)≤⟨ξ,u−Pz(ξ)⟩+[ω(z)+⟨ω′(z),Pz(ξ)−z⟩−ω(Pz(ξ))]H_u(P_z(\xi))-H_u(z)\le\langle\xi,u-P_z(\xi)\rangle+[\omega(z)+\langle\omega'(z),P_z(\xi)-z\rangle-\omega(P_z(\xi))]Hu​(Pz​(ξ))−Hu​(z)≤⟨ξ,u−Pz​(ξ)⟩+[ω(z)+⟨ω′(z),Pz​(ξ)−z⟩−ω(Pz​(ξ))], and the bracket is ≤0\le0≤0. Here Hu(z)=Ω(ω′(z))−⟨ω′(z),u⟩H_u(z)=\Omega(\omega'(z))-\langle\omega'(z),u\rangleHu​(z)=Ω(ω′(z))−⟨ω′(z),u⟩ and Ω\OmegaΩ is the Legendre transform of ω∣Z\omega|_Zω∣Z​.
  2. (2.15), p. 235: one step of the relaxed conceptual prox-method satisfies ⟨γtF(wt),wt−u⟩≤Hu(zt−1)−Hu(zt)+ϵt\langle\gamma_tF(w_t),w_t-u\rangle\le H_u(z_{t-1})-H_u(z_t)+\epsilon_t⟨γt​F(wt​),wt​−u⟩≤Hu​(zt−1​)−Hu​(zt​)+ϵt​.
  3. Proposition 2.2(ii), p. 234: ϵ(zN)≤(Θ(z0)+∑tϵt)/∑tγt\epsilon(z^N)\le(\Theta(z_0)+\sum_t\epsilon_t)/\sum_t\gamma_tϵ(zN)≤(Θ(z0​)+∑t​ϵt​)/∑t​γt​ for the relaxed method (2.11).
  4. Lemma 3.1 (3.7.a), p. 238: ∥w−z+∥≤α−1γ∥ξ−η∥∗\|w-z_+\|\le\alpha^{-1}\gamma\|\xi-\eta\|_*∥w−z+​∥≤α−1γ∥ξ−η∥∗​.
  5. Lemma 3.1 (3.7.c), p. 238: δ≤ϵ\delta\le\epsilonδ≤ϵ.
  6. Lemma 3.1 (3.7.d), p. 238: ϵ≤α−1γ2∥ξ−η∥∗2−α2[∥w−z∥2+∥w−z+∥2]\epsilon\le\alpha^{-1}\gamma^2\|\xi-\eta\|_*^2-\frac\alpha2[\|w-z\|^2+\|w-z_+\|^2]ϵ≤α−1γ2∥ξ−η∥∗2​−2α​[∥w−z∥2+∥w−z+​∥2].
  7. The display of the proof of Theorem 3.2, p. 239: with γ=α/(2L)\gamma=\alpha/(\sqrt2L)γ=α/(2​L), the second inner iterate always passes (3.4).

Lemma 2.1 (2.4), Lemma 3.1 (3.7.b) and Remark 2.3 are also stated as companion theorems.

Significance

The theorem gives an O(1/N)O(1/N)O(1/N) bound for monotone Lipschitz v.i. and for smooth convex–concave saddle points at a cost of two operator evaluations and two prox problems per step. With a distance-generating function adapted to ZZZ, the paper derives rates that are, in its words, nearly dimension-independent under favorable circumstances, for matrix games, eigenvalue minimization and the Lovász capacity number (§5). In the Euclidean case ω=12∥⋅∥22\omega=\frac12\|\cdot\|_2^2ω=21​∥⋅∥22​ the method is Korpelevich's extragradient method, so the theorem also gives an ergodic O(1/N)O(1/N)O(1/N) rate for that method.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. The platform has a formalized statement of mirror prox for minimization of a smooth convex function (Bubeck's Theorem 4.4), which uses a mirror map on an open set and a function-value gap. It does not cover operators, the v.i. accuracy measure or a prox-mapping over a compact set. This mission produces the general v.i. version, with an arbitrary norm and a distance-generating function defined only on ZZZ.

Difficulty

The algebra of each step is short. The work is in three places. First, the first-order optimality conditions of the constrained prox problems, (2.6) and (3.8), must be derived when ω′\omega'ω′ is only a derivative within ZZZ, and ZZZ may have empty interior. Second, (3.7.d) needs the function-value form of strong convexity, ω(w)≥ω(z)+⟨ω′(z),w−z⟩+α2∥w−z∥2\omega(w)\ge\omega(z)+\langle\omega'(z),w-z\rangle+\frac\alpha2\|w-z\|^2ω(w)≥ω(z)+⟨ω′(z),w−z⟩+2α​∥w−z∥2, which must be derived from the monotonicity form (2.2) along segments of ZZZ. Third, the telescoping of (2.15) uses the identity Ω(ω′(z))=⟨ω′(z),z⟩−ω(z)\Omega(\omega'(z))=\langle\omega'(z),z\rangle-\omega(z)Ω(ω′(z))=⟨ω′(z),z⟩−ω(z) for z∈Zz\in Zz∈Z, and the passage from the weighted sum to the average uses monotonicity of FFF.

The natural first idea is to prove that the inner map w↦Pz(γF(w))w\mapsto P_z(\gamma F(w))w↦Pz​(γF(w)) is a contraction, observation (3.1), and iterate it to a fixed point. That gives only a geometric number of inner steps, not two. The two-step bound comes from Lemma 3.1, which decouples the two prox steps and compares them through strong convexity.

Formalization scope

Dual vectors are continuous linear functionals E →L[ℝ] ℝ on a finite-dimensional normed space E, and ∥⋅∥∗\|\cdot\|_*∥⋅∥∗​ is the operator norm. This is equivalent to the paper's Euclidean space with a second norm. ZZZ is assumed convex, compact and nonempty in every item. ω\omegaω has a derivative within ZZZ that is continuous on ZZZ, and (2.2) is assumed in the monotonicity form. The prox-mapping is the relation "v∈Uv\in Uv∈U minimizes ω(y)+⟨ξ−ω′(z),y⟩\omega(y)+\langle\xi-\omega'(z),y\rangleω(y)+⟨ξ−ω′(z),y⟩ over UUU". Ω\OmegaΩ and Θ\ThetaΘ are suprema over the image of ZZZ, which are maxima under these assumptions. The paper's indices are kept: z 0 is z0z_0z0​, and step t+1t+1t+1 goes from z t to w (t+1) and z (t+1).

Disclosed choices: L>0L>0L>0 and N≥1N\ge1N≥1 are hypotheses, because (3.2) and (3.9) divide by them. The termination test (2.8) is not modelled, so runs never stop; this only adds runs. The basic implementation's inner loop is cut at s=2s=2s=2, which is what the goal's first claim justifies. The bound on ϵ(zN)\epsilon(z^N)ϵ(zN) is stated for every u∈Zu\in Zu∈Z, which is equivalent to the bound on the maximum. Items that use only monotonicity of FFF, or no property of FFF, do not assume the rest of (2.1).

The goal quantifies over every run, and a sorry-free sanity file exhibits a run on Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1], so the run relation is not empty. The average is over the wtw_twt​, not the ztz_tzt​. The suprema are taken over compact nonempty ZZZ with continuous ω\omegaω, so they are not junk values. The saddle-point form (3.10), the bound (2.14) and Theorems 4.1–4.2 are not posed.

Useful contributions: optimality conditions for minimizers of functions differentiable within a convex set; the function-value form of strong convexity derived from (2.2); and the Legendre-transform identity. All three are reusable for other mirror-descent and prox-method analyses.

Selected references

  • A. Nemirovski, Prox-Method with Rate of Convergence O(1/t) for Variational Inequalities with Lipschitz Continuous Monotone Operators and Smooth Convex-Concave Saddle Point Problems, SIAM J. Optim. 15(1):229–251, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623403425629
  • G. M. Korpelevich, The extragradient method for finding saddle points and other problems, Ekonomika i Matematicheskie Metody 12:747–756, 1976.
  • Yu. Nesterov, Dual extrapolation and its applications to solving variational inequalities and related problems, Math. Program. 109:319–344, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0034-z
  • A. Juditsky, A. Nemirovski, C. Tauvel, Solving variational inequalities with stochastic mirror-prox algorithm, Stochastic Systems 1(1):17–58, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1214/10-SSY011
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 8(3–4):231–357, 2015, §4.5. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000050
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Regression and Lasso 2: When an Absolute Norm Bounds the Column Disturbance Norms, Robust Regression Is Regression Regularized by the Dual Norm, ‖b − Ax‖ₐ + l‖x‖*ₛResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust regression guards a linear model against errors in the data matrix. The observations b∈Rnb \in \mathbb R^nb∈Rn are fitted by AxAxAx, but the features (the columns a1,…,ama_1,\dots,a_ma1​,…,am​ of AAA) are only known up to a disturbance ΔA\Delta AΔA from an uncertainty set U\mathcal UU. The robust estimator minimizes the worst-case residual,

min⁡x∈Rm max⁡ΔA∈U∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥.\min_{x \in \mathbb R^m}\ \max_{\Delta A \in \mathcal U} \|b - (A+\Delta A)x\| .x∈Rmmin​ ΔA∈Umax​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥.

Xu, Caramanis and Mannor (arXiv:0811.1790v1; IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 56(7), 2010) showed that when each column is perturbed independently within a Euclidean ball of radius cic_ici​, this problem is exactly the weighted ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized problem min⁡x∥b−Ax∥2+∑ici∣xi∣\min_x \|b - Ax\|_2 + \sum_i c_i|x_i|minx​∥b−Ax∥2​+∑i​ci​∣xi​∣, an un-squared Lasso (their Theorem 1, the subject of the first mission of this series). Robustness then explains regularization: the penalty is the price of the worst disturbance.

Section III of the paper asks which regularizers arise when the disturbances of different features are coupled, that is, when a single budget limits all columns jointly. The answer it gives is that every norm-based regularizer arises this way: a norm budget on the vector of column-disturbance sizes produces the dual norm as the penalty. This links robust optimization (Ben-Tal, El Ghaoui, Nemirovski 2009) and regularized estimation, and it recovers the robust least-squares formulation of El Ghaoui and Lebret (1997) as the Euclidean special case.

Setting

Fix n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, m≥0m \ge 0m≥0, and an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥a\|\cdot\|_a∥⋅∥a​ on Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The data are the columns a1,…,am∈Rna_1,\dots,a_m \in \mathbb R^na1​,…,am​∈Rn of AAA and the response b∈Rnb \in \mathbb R^nb∈Rn; for x∈Rmx \in \mathbb R^mx∈Rm, Ax=∑ixiaiAx = \sum_i x_i a_iAx=∑i​xi​ai​. A disturbance is ΔA=(δ1,…,δm)\Delta A = (\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m)ΔA=(δ1​,…,δm​) with δi∈Rn\delta_i \in \mathbb R^nδi​∈Rn; the perturbed matrix A+ΔAA + \Delta AA+ΔA has columns ai+δia_i + \delta_iai​+δi​. For an uncertainty set U\mathcal UU the robust objective is

RU(x)=sup⁡ΔA∈U∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a∈[−∞,+∞].R_{\mathcal U}(x) = \sup_{\Delta A\in\mathcal U} \|b - (A+\Delta A)x\|_a \in [-\infty,+\infty].RU​(x)=ΔA∈Usup​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a​∈[−∞,+∞].

Three families of uncertainty sets appear.

  1. Feature-wise (Theorem 3): for budgets ci≥0c_i \ge 0ci​≥0, Ua={(δ1,…,δm):∥δi∥a≤ci}\mathcal U_a = \{(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m) : \|\delta_i\|_a \le c_i\}Ua​={(δ1​,…,δm​):∥δi​∥a​≤ci​}.
  2. Coupled (p. 6): for functions f1,…,fk:Rm→Rf_1,\dots,f_k:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fk​:Rm→R, U′={(δ1,…,δm):fj(∥δ1∥a,…,∥δm∥a)≤0, j=1,…,k}\mathcal U' = \{(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m) : f_j(\|\delta_1\|_a,\dots,\|\delta_m\|_a) \le 0,\ j=1,\dots,k\}U′={(δ1​,…,δm​):fj​(∥δ1​∥a​,…,∥δm​∥a​)≤0, j=1,…,k}, with the budget set Z={z∈Rm:fj(z)≤0 ∀j, z≥0}\mathcal Z = \{z \in \mathbb R^m : f_j(z) \le 0\ \forall j,\ z \ge 0\}Z={z∈Rm:fj​(z)≤0 ∀j, z≥0}.
  3. Norm budget (Corollary 1): for a norm ∥⋅∥s\|\cdot\|_s∥⋅∥s​ on Rm\mathbb R^mRm and l≥0l \ge 0l≥0, U′={(δ1,…,δm):∥(∥δ1∥a,…,∥δm∥a)∥s≤l}\mathcal U' = \{(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m) : \|(\|\delta_1\|_a,\dots,\|\delta_m\|_a)\|_s \le l\}U′={(δ1​,…,δm​):∥(∥δ1​∥a​,…,∥δm​∥a​)∥s​≤l}. The dual norm is ∥y∥s∗=sup⁡{y⊤z:∥z∥s≤1}\|y\|_s^* = \sup\{y^\top z : \|z\|_s \le 1\}∥y∥s∗​=sup{y⊤z:∥z∥s​≤1}. A norm is absolute if ∥(∣z1∣,…,∣zm∣)∥s=∥z∥s\|(|z_1|,\dots,|z_m|)\|_s = \|z\|_s∥(∣z1​∣,…,∣zm​∣)∥s​=∥z∥s​ for all zzz.

A fourth, polytope set, {(δ1,…,δm):∃c≥0, Tc≤s, ∥δj∥a≤cj}\{(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m) : \exists c \ge 0,\ Tc \le s,\ \|\delta_j\|_a \le c_j\}{(δ1​,…,δm​):∃c≥0, Tc≤s, ∥δj​∥a​≤cj​} for T∈Rk×mT \in \mathbb R^{k\times m}T∈Rk×m, s∈Rks\in\mathbb R^ks∈Rk, is the subject of Corollary 2. Write ∣x∣=(∣x1∣,…,∣xm∣)|x| = (|x_1|,\dots,|x_m|)∣x∣=(∣x1​∣,…,∣xm​∣).

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 1 (p. 7)

For an absolute norm ∥⋅∥s\|\cdot\|_s∥⋅∥s​ and l≥0l \ge 0l≥0, for every x∈Rmx \in \mathbb R^mx∈Rm the worst case over the norm-budget set is attained and

max⁡ΔA∈U′∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a=∥b−Ax∥a+l ∥x∥s∗,\max_{\Delta A\in\mathcal U'} \|b-(A+\Delta A)x\|_a = \|b - Ax\|_a + l\,\|x\|_s^*,ΔA∈U′max​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a​=∥b−Ax∥a​+l∥x∥s∗​,

and the robust problem and min⁡x∥b−Ax∥a+l∥x∥s∗\min_x \|b-Ax\|_a + l\|x\|_s^*minx​∥b−Ax∥a​+l∥x∥s∗​ have the same minimizers.

Milestone: Theorem 3 (p. 6)

For c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 and every xxx: max⁡ΔA∈Ua∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a=∥b−Ax∥a+∑ici∣xi∣\max_{\Delta A\in\mathcal U_a}\|b-(A+\Delta A)x\|_a = \|b-Ax\|_a + \sum_i c_i|x_i|maxΔA∈Ua​​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a​=∥b−Ax∥a​+∑i​ci​∣xi​∣, attained, with the same minimizers.

Milestone: Eq. (13) (proof of Theorem 4, Appendix B, p. 19)

For every xxx, in the extended reals,

sup⁡ΔA∈U′∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a=∥b−Ax∥a+sup⁡c∈Z∣x∣⊤c.\sup_{\Delta A\in\mathcal U'} \|b-(A+\Delta A)x\|_a = \|b-Ax\|_a + \sup_{c\in\mathcal Z} |x|^\top c .ΔA∈U′sup​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥a​=∥b−Ax∥a​+c∈Zsup​∣x∣⊤c.

Milestone: Corollary 2 (p. 7)

If some c≥0c \ge 0c≥0 has Tc≤sTc \le sTc≤s, then for every xxx the worst case over the polytope set equals ∥b−Ax∥a+inf⁡{s⊤λ:x≤T⊤λ, −x≤T⊤λ, λ≥0}\|b-Ax\|_a + \inf\{s^\top\lambda : x \le T^\top\lambda,\ -x\le T^\top\lambda,\ \lambda\ge0\}∥b−Ax∥a​+inf{s⊤λ:x≤T⊤λ, −x≤T⊤λ, λ≥0} (both sides +∞+\infty+∞ when the constraints are infeasible), the infimum is attained when feasible, and robust minimizers are exactly the xxx-parts of optimal solutions of that linear program.

The paper's general result, Theorem 4 (p. 6), expresses the coupled robust problem through a Lagrangian function v(λ,κ,x)v(\lambda,\kappa,x)v(λ,κ,x) under the assumption that Z\mathcal ZZ has nonempty relative interior. The mission does not pose it: that assumption is not Slater's condition, and the statement fails without one (an explicit counterexample with Z={0}×[0,∞)\mathcal Z = \{0\}\times[0,\infty)Z={0}×[0,∞) is recorded in the series plan). The mission poses the decomposition (13), on which Theorem 4 rests, and the two corollaries, which are true as stated under the readings below.

Significance

The result. Corollary 1 says that any norm penalty l∥x∥s∗l\|x\|_s^*l∥x∥s∗​ is the worst-case cost of column disturbances whose sizes are jointly bounded in the dual norm. Taking ∥⋅∥s=ℓ∞\|\cdot\|_s = \ell_\infty∥⋅∥s​=ℓ∞​ gives the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ penalty (budget per column), ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ gives ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ (a shared budget), and both Euclidean gives the Frobenius-ball model of robust least squares. Corollary 2 shows that polytope budgets keep the problem a linear program apart from the loss, which allows modeling, for instance, corruption of an unknown subset of features. Eq. (13) is the common reduction behind these: the coupled worst case is the uncoupled one maximized over the admissible budget vectors.

Formalizing it. None of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The mission makes precise two points the paper leaves implicit: which "symmetric" norms the corollary is true for, and in what sense "max" holds when the budget set is empty or unbounded. The finished development is a self-contained library of worst-case residual identities for arbitrary norms on finite-dimensional or general normed spaces. Related platform items, credited and not reused: SPOBounds.StronglyConvex.dual_norm_ball_max (maximum of a linear functional over a norm ball, with the continuous-dual norm), and RobustLS.Unstructured.worst_case_residual_closed_form (El Ghaoui–Lebret, which perturbs [A b][A\ b][A b] in a Frobenius ball, a different set).

Difficulty

The upper bound of every identity is a triangle inequality. The content is in the matching lower bound: a disturbance must be exhibited that aligns all perturbed columns with the residual direction, and in (13) each column disturbance must have norm exactly cic_ici​, including columns with xi=0x_i = 0xi​=0, which is where n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 enters. The paper's first line of the proof of (13) rewrites U′\mathcal U'U′ as {ΔA:∃c∈Z, ∥δi∥a≤ci}\{\Delta A : \exists c \in \mathcal Z,\ \|\delta_i\|_a \le c_i\}{ΔA:∃c∈Z, ∥δi​∥a​≤ci​}; that set identity is false unless Z\mathcal ZZ is downward closed, so the obvious route through it does not work for (13) as stated. For Corollary 1 the remaining step is the identity sup⁡{∣x∣⊤c:c≥0, ∥c∥s≤l}=l∥x∥s∗\sup\{|x|^\top c : c\ge0,\ \|c\|_s\le l\} = l\|x\|_s^*sup{∣x∣⊤c:c≥0, ∥c∥s​≤l}=l∥x∥s∗​, which needs the absolute property and fails for norms that are only permutation invariant. For Corollary 2 the remaining step is linear programming duality, which Mathlib does not yet provide in this form.

Formalization scope

(Rn,∥⋅∥a)(\mathbb R^n, \|\cdot\|_a)(Rn,∥⋅∥a​) is an arbitrary real normed space EEE with Nontrivial E (the paper's implicit n≥1n\ge1n≥1); finite dimension is not imposed, a harmless generalization. Columns are a family a : Fin m → E, disturbances δ : Fin m → E, coefficients Fin m → ℝ, and Ax=∑ixi⋅aiAx = \sum_i x_i \cdot a_iAx=∑i​xi​⋅ai​. Explicit readings:

  1. The robust objective is a supremum over the uncertainty set, computed in EReal; it is never defined by its closed form. "Max" is stated as IsGreatest of the set of residual values (attained) in Theorem 3 and Corollary 1, where the maximum exists, and as an EReal supremum in (13) and Corollary 2, where it need not.
  2. "Is equivalent to" / "the resulting regularized regression problem is" means: equal objectives at every xxx and equal sets of minimizers. Existence of a minimizer is not claimed.
  3. "Symmetric norm" is read as absolute; ∥⋅∥s\|\cdot\|_s∥⋅∥s​ is a Mathlib Seminorm on Fin m → ℝ with Nz=0⇒z=0N z = 0 \Rightarrow z = 0Nz=0⇒z=0 (the type already carries the sup norm, so the notation ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is not used for it). The dual norm is a real sSup of {y⊤z:Nz≤1}\{y^\top z : N z \le 1\}{y⊤z:Nz≤1}, a nonempty set that is bounded above because NNN is a norm on Rm\mathbb R^mRm.
  4. l≥0l \ge 0l≥0 is added to Corollary 1, and feasibility of c≥0c\ge0c≥0, Tc≤sTc\le sTc≤s to Corollary 2; without them the sets are empty.
  5. Eq. (13) is stated for U′\mathcal U'U′ as defined on p. 6 (not through the paper's set rewriting); the convexity of the fjf_jfj​ is kept as the paper's standing assumption and is not used.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the robust objective is the EReal supremum (or the residual-value set) over the uncertainty set, so no identity holds by unfolding, and no real sSup junk value enters a robust objective. Welcome contributions: the explicit worst-case disturbance in an arbitrary normed space, the absolute-norm duality lemma, and a finite-dimensional LP strong duality theorem, each reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis, S. Mannor, Robust Regression and Lasso, arXiv:0811.1790v1, 2008; IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 56(7):3561–3574, 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0811.1790v1, https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2010.2048503
  • L. El Ghaoui, H. Lebret, Robust solutions to least-squares problems with uncertain data, SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications 18(4):1035–1064, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895479896298130
  • A. Ben-Tal, L. El Ghaoui, A. Nemirovski, Robust Optimization, Princeton University Press, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400831050
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 58(1):267–288, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 4: With Random Right-Hand Side and Known Dual Extreme Points, a Distribution in 𝒫 Attains Ẑ(x) = Ẑ_DD(x)Research Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programs model decisions taken before uncertainty is revealed (a first-stage plan xxx) followed by a corrective recourse action once it is. The classical model needs the full probability distribution of the uncertain data. In practice usually only estimates of a few moments are available, and the computed plan can be sensitive to the distribution that is assumed. The minimax (distributionally robust) approach replaces the single distribution by a class of distributions sharing given moments and optimizes against the worst member of the class. Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) combine this with risk aversion, through a piecewise-linear disutility of the second-stage cost, and show which instances become semidefinite programs.

Besides the optimal value, the worst-case distribution itself is of practical interest: the paper proposes it as a natural distribution for stress-testing a first-stage solution (§4). This mission concerns the case where the right-hand side of the second stage is random, and formalizes the paper's construction of a worst-case distribution that is a genuine member of the moment class.

Setting

A first-stage decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is feasible if x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0}x\in X=\{x : Ax=b,\ x\ge 0\}x∈X={x:Ax=b, x≥0}. Given a recourse matrix W∈Rr×dW\in\mathbb R^{r\times d}W∈Rr×d, a technology matrix T∈Rr×nT\in\mathbb R^{r\times n}T∈Rr×n, a constant cost vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd and a realized right-hand side h∈Rrh\in\mathbb R^rh∈Rr, the second-stage cost is the optimal value of the dual of the recourse linear program,

Q(h,x)=max⁡p (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.\mathcal Q(h,x)=\max_{p}\ (h-Tx)'p\quad\text{s.t.}\quad W'p\le q .Q(h,x)=pmax​ (h−Tx)′ps.t.W′p≤q.

Risk aversion enters through the disutility U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0. The right-hand side h~\tilde hh~ is random; its distribution is only known to lie in the moment class

P={P:EP[h~]=μ, EP[h~h~′]=Q},\mathcal P=\{P : \mathbb E_P[\tilde h]=\mu,\ \mathbb E_P[\tilde h\tilde h']=Q\},P={P:EP​[h~]=μ, EP​[h~h~′]=Q},

and the worst-case expected disutility is Z^(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(h~,x))]\hat Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))]Z^(x)=supP∈P​EP​[U(Q(h~,x))].

The standing assumptions are: complete recourse, {Ww:w≥0}=Rr\{Ww : w\ge 0\}=\mathbb R^r{Ww:w≥0}=Rr; a nonempty dual polyhedron {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q}; Q≻μμ′Q\succ\mu\mu'Q≻μμ′; and (Assumption 5) the extreme points p1,…,pNp_1,\dots,p_Np1​,…,pN​ of the dual polyhedron are known. Under these, the paper introduces the semidefinite program (16): over symmetric blocks indexed by pairs (k,i)(k,i)(k,i),

Z^DD(x)=max⁡ ∑k=1K∑i=1N(αkpi′vki+vk0i(βk−αkpi′Tx))  s.t.  ∑k,i(Vkivki(vki)′vk0i)=(Qμμ′1),  (Vkivki(vki)′vk0i)⪰0.\hat Z_{DD}(x)=\max\ \sum_{k=1}^K\sum_{i=1}^N\big(\alpha_k p_i'v_k^i+v_{k0}^i(\beta_k-\alpha_k p_i'Tx)\big) \ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \sum_{k,i}\begin{pmatrix}V_k^i & v_k^i\\ (v_k^i)' & v_{k0}^i\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}Q&\mu\\ \mu'&1\end{pmatrix},\ \ \begin{pmatrix}V_k^i & v_k^i\\ (v_k^i)' & v_{k0}^i\end{pmatrix}\succeq 0 .Z^DD​(x)=max k=1∑K​i=1∑N​(αk​pi′​vki​+vk0i​(βk​−αk​pi′​Tx))  s.t.  k,i∑​(Vki​(vki​)′​vki​vk0i​​)=(Qμ′​μ1​),  (Vki​(vki​)′​vki​vk0i​​)⪰0.

From a point of (16) the paper builds the mixed distribution Pm(x)P_m(x)Pm​(x), which with probability vk0iv_{k0}^ivk0i​ draws a normal vector with mean vki/vk0iv_k^i/v_{k0}^ivki​/vk0i​ and covariance (Vkivk0i−vki(vki)′)/(vk0i)2(V_k^iv_{k0}^i-v_k^i(v_k^i)')/(v_{k0}^i)^2(Vki​vk0i​−vki​(vki​)′)/(vk0i​)2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 590)

For every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X there is P∈PP\in\mathcal PP∈P with

EP′[U(Q(h~,x))]≤EP[U(Q(h~,x))]=Z^(x)=Z^DD(x)∀P′∈P,\mathbb E_{P'}\big[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))\big]\le \mathbb E_{P}\big[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))\big]=\hat Z(x)=\hat Z_{DD}(x)\qquad\forall P'\in\mathcal P,EP′​[U(Q(h~,x))]≤EP​[U(Q(h~,x))]=Z^(x)=Z^DD​(x)∀P′∈P,

where the common value is the attained maximum of (16), and the expected disutility is integrable under every member of P\mathcal PP.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3.3, pp. 590–591)

  1. U(Q(h,x))=max⁡k,i(αk(h−Tx)′pi+βk)\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(h,x))=\max_{k,i}\big(\alpha_k(h-Tx)'p_i+\beta_k\big)U(Q(h,x))=maxk,i​(αk​(h−Tx)′pi​+βk​) for every hhh.
  2. Every P∈PP\in\mathcal PP∈P yields a feasible point of (16) of equal value; hence Z^(x)≤Z^DD(x)\hat Z(x)\le\hat Z_{DD}(x)Z^(x)≤Z^DD​(x).
  3. (16) has an optimal solution whose blocks have vk0i>0v_{k0}^i>0vk0i​>0 or vanish.
  4. For such a feasible point, Pm(x)∈PP_m(x)\in\mathcal PPm​(x)∈P.
  5. EPm(x)[U(Q(h~,x))]\mathbb E_{P_m(x)}[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde h,x))]EPm​(x)​[U(Q(h~,x))] is at least the objective value of (16) at that point.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.3 shows that, once the dual extreme points are known, the worst case over the moment class is attained, and by an explicit finite mixture of normal distributions read off an optimal solution of a semidefinite program. This contrasts with the random-objective case of the same paper (Theorem 2.2), where the bound is in general only approached by a sequence of distributions. The extremal distribution gives a concrete stress-test scenario for a candidate first-stage plan, and the identity Z^(x)=Z^DD(x)\hat Z(x)=\hat Z_{DD}(x)Z^(x)=Z^DD​(x) certifies the value of the inner worst-case problem without appeal to strong duality for the moment problem.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. A formal proof needs a measure-theoretic treatment of conditional moments on the cells of a piecewise-linear maximum, the existence of optima of a bounded semidefinite program, and moment computations for multivariate normal mixtures. These pieces are reusable well beyond this paper, for instance in other moment-based distributionally robust models.

Difficulty

The obvious route goes through moment-problem duality: dualize sup⁡P∈P\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}supP∈P​, reformulate the semi-infinite constraint as linear matrix inequalities, and dualize again. That route only gives the inequality chain up to a duality gap and says nothing about attainment over P\mathcal PP. The proof here avoids strong duality, but it must show two separate things: every distribution in P\mathcal PP maps to a feasible point of (16) without loss of value (this needs a measurable choice of the maximizing pair and the conditional moments on each cell), and the optimal point of (16) maps back to a distribution in P\mathcal PP whose value is at least the optimum. The second step fails on blocks with zero weight vk0i=0v_{k0}^i=0vk0i​=0, where no normal component can be formed; those blocks have to be removed from an optimal solution first.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works on Rr\mathbb R^rRr as Fin r → ℝ, with measures in place of the paper's densities. The moment class reuses the published definitions MomentDRO.Conf.HasSecondMoments, meanVec and secondMomentAbout P 0 (uncentred second moment). Q(h,x)\mathcal Q(h,x)Q(h,x), Z^(x)\hat Z(x)Z^(x) and Z^DD(x)\hat Z_{DD}(x)Z^DD​(x) are real sSups; every theorem that uses them states the relevant maximum or bound explicitly, so no statement depends on the junk value of an empty or unbounded supremum. Bordered matrices are Matrix.fromBlocks over Fin r ⊕ Fin 1 and ⪰0\succeq 0⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef. The normal components are Mathlib's multivariateGaussian, transported from EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin r); the mixture weights are ENNReal.ofReal vk0iv_{k0}^ivk0i​.

Readings of the page:

  • As printed, Assumption 2 (complete recourse) and Assumption 3 "for all qqq" are mutually inconsistent when r≥1r\ge 1r≥1. The formalization uses complete recourse and nonemptiness of {p:W′p≤q}\{p : W'p\le q\}{p:W′p≤q} at the one constant qqq of §3.
  • Assumption 1 is not used and is dropped; x∈Xx\in Xx∈X is kept as in the statement.
  • "Without loss of generality vk0i>0v_{k0}^i>0vk0i​>0" is read as: some optimal solution has every block either with vk0i>0v_{k0}^i>0vk0i​>0 or zero.
  • The printed "Vkivk0V_k^iv_{k0}Vki​vk0​", "vk02v_{k0}^2vk02​" and "with probability vk0v_{k0}vk0​" are read with the superscript iii.

The goal asserts that a maximizer over P\mathcal PP exists, not only an equation between suprema: an equation such as EP[⋅]=Z^(x)\mathbb E_P[\cdot]=\hat Z(x)EP​[⋅]=Z^(x) alone could hold through a junk value and is ruled out as the target. No strong-duality hypothesis is assumed, since the proof does not need one. Contributions welcome: the measurable argmax selection, compactness of the feasible set of (16), and second-moment computations for Gaussian mixtures.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • J. Dupačová, The minimax approach to stochastic programming and an illustrative application, Stochastics 20(1):73–88, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1080/17442508708833436
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion 2: With Random Objective, Z(x) = Z_D(x) = Z_DD(x) and Moment-Matching Distributions Attain Z(x) AsymptoticallyResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage stochastic linear programming chooses a first-stage decision xxx before a random parameter is revealed and pays an optimal second-stage (recourse) cost afterwards. The classical model fixes the distribution of the random parameter. In practice it is rarely known beyond a few moments, and a decision maker who is averse to risk does not evaluate the recourse cost by its plain expectation. Bertsimas, Doan, Natarajan and Teo (Math. Oper. Res. 35(3), 2010) take both points seriously: the distribution is only known to belong to the class of all distributions with given mean and second-moment matrix, the cost is passed through a convex piecewise-linear disutility, and the decision is evaluated against the worst distribution in the class.

Moment-based worst-case bounds go back to Scarf's newsvendor and to the Chebyshev-type bounds of the moment problem (Isii 1962; Bertsimas and Popescu 2005). Delage and Ye (Oper. Res. 58(3), 2010) showed that a broad class of such minimax problems is solvable in polynomial time by the ellipsoid method. For the case in which the uncertainty sits in the objective of the second-stage linear program, this paper gives a single semidefinite program (its Theorem 2.1, the subject of a companion mission) and, in §2.2, identifies the distributions that come arbitrarily close to the worst case. This mission is about the second result.

Setting

The first-stage region is X={x∈Rn:Ax=b, x≥0}X=\{x\in\mathbb R^n : Ax=b,\ x\ge0\}X={x∈Rn:Ax=b, x≥0}. For x∈Xx\in Xx∈X the recourse set is X(x)={w∈Rd:Ww=h−Tx, w≥0}X(x)=\{w\in\mathbb R^d : Ww=h-Tx,\ w\ge0\}X(x)={w∈Rd:Ww=h−Tx, w≥0} and the second-stage cost of an objective vector q∈Rdq\in\mathbb R^dq∈Rd is

Q(q,x)=min⁡w∈X(x)q′w.\mathcal Q(q,x)=\min_{w\in X(x)} q'w .Q(q,x)=w∈X(x)min​q′w.

The disutility is U(t)=max⁡k=1,…,K(αkt+βk)\mathbb U(t)=\max_{k=1,\dots,K}(\alpha_k t+\beta_k)U(t)=maxk=1,…,K​(αk​t+βk​) with αk≥0\alpha_k\ge0αk​≥0. The moment class P\mathcal PP consists of the distributions PPP of a random vector q~∈Rd\tilde q\in\mathbb R^dq~​∈Rd with EP[q~]=μ\mathbb E_P[\tilde q]=\muEP​[q~​]=μ and EP[q~q~′]=Q\mathbb E_P[\tilde q\tilde q']=QEP​[q~​q~​′]=Q. The worst-case value at xxx is

Z(x)=sup⁡P∈PEP[U(Q(q~,x))].Z(x)=\sup_{P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_P\big[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde q,x))\big].Z(x)=P∈Psup​EP​[U(Q(q~​,x))].

Its dual (6) is

ZD(x)=min⁡Y,y,y0 Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0s.t.q′Yq+q′y+y0≥U(Q(q,x))  ∀q∈Rd,Z_D(x)=\min_{Y,y,y_0}\ Q\cdot Y+\mu'y+y_0\quad\text{s.t.}\quad q'Yq+q'y+y_0\ge\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(q,x))\ \ \forall q\in\mathbb R^d ,ZD​(x)=Y,y,y0​min​ Q⋅Y+μ′y+y0​s.t.q′Yq+q′y+y0​≥U(Q(q,x))  ∀q∈Rd,

with YYY symmetric and Q⋅Y=∑ijQijYijQ\cdot Y=\sum_{ij}Q_{ij}Y_{ij}Q⋅Y=∑ij​Qij​Yij​. Its semidefinite reformulation (8) has the dual (9):

ZDD(x)=max⁡ ∑k=1K(h−Tx)′pk+βkvk0s.t.∑k=1K(Vkvkvk′vk0)=(Qμμ′1), (Vkvkvk′vk0)⪰0, W′pk≤αkvk.Z_{DD}(x)=\max\ \sum_{k=1}^K (h-Tx)'p_k+\beta_kv_{k0}\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \sum_{k=1}^K\begin{pmatrix}V_k&v_k\\ v_k'&v_{k0}\end{pmatrix}=\begin{pmatrix}Q&\mu\\ \mu'&1\end{pmatrix},\ \begin{pmatrix}V_k&v_k\\ v_k'&v_{k0}\end{pmatrix}\succeq0,\ W'p_k\le\alpha_kv_k .ZDD​(x)=max k=1∑K​(h−Tx)′pk​+βk​vk0​s.t.k=1∑K​(Vk​vk′​​vk​vk0​​)=(Qμ′​μ1​), (Vk​vk′​​vk​vk0​​)⪰0, W′pk​≤αk​vk​.

Its variables are scaled conditional moments: vk0v_{k0}vk0​ is the probability that the kkkth piece of U\mathbb UU is active, and vkv_kvk​, VkV_kVk​ are the first and second moments of q~\tilde qq~​ on that event, multiplied by vk0v_{k0}vk0​.

The standing assumptions are Assumption 3, {p∈Rr:W′p≤q}≠∅\{p\in\mathbb R^r : W'p\le q\}\ne\emptyset{p∈Rr:W′p≤q}=∅ for every qqq, so that Q(q,x)\mathcal Q(q,x)Q(q,x) is finite, and Assumption 4, Q−μμ′≻0Q-\mu\mu'\succ0Q−μμ′≻0. Recourse sets are assumed nonempty.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

For every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X there is a sequence Pj∈PP_j\in\mathcal PPj​∈P with EPj[U(Q(q~,x))]→Z(x)\mathbb E_{P_j}[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q(\tilde q,x))]\to Z(x)EPj​​[U(Q(q~​,x))]→Z(x), and

Z(x)=ZD(x)=ZDD(x),Z(x)=Z_D(x)=Z_{DD}(x),Z(x)=ZD​(x)=ZDD​(x),

where all three are finite optimal values: a supremum over a nonempty bounded-above set, an infimum over a nonempty bounded-below set, and a supremum over a nonempty bounded-above set.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: ZDD(x)≥Z(x)Z_{DD}(x)\ge Z(x)ZDD​(x)≥Z(x), in the form "each P∈PP\in\mathcal PP∈P gives a feasible point of (9) whose objective equals EP[U(Q)]\mathbb E_P[\mathbb U(\mathcal Q)]EP​[U(Q)]".
  2. (9) has an optimal solution.
  3. Q(⋅,x)\mathcal Q(\cdot,x)Q(⋅,x) is positively homogeneous and superadditive.
  4. If W′p≤αvW'p\le\alpha vW′p≤αv with α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 then αQ(v,x)≥(h−Tx)′p\alpha\mathcal Q(v,x)\ge(h-Tx)'pαQ(v,x)≥(h−Tx)′p.
  5. Jensen: E[Q(r~,x)]≤Q(Er~,x)\mathbb E[\mathcal Q(\tilde r,x)]\le\mathcal Q(\mathbb E\tilde r,x)E[Q(r~,x)]≤Q(Er~,x), with Q(r~,x)\mathcal Q(\tilde r,x)Q(r~,x) integrable.
  6. An optimal solution of (9) can be chosen so that every block has vk0>0v_{k0}>0vk0​>0 or vanishes.
  7. Strong duality Z(x)=ZD(x)Z(x)=Z_D(x)Z(x)=ZD​(x) (§2.1).

Significance

Theorem 2.2 says that the semidefinite bound is tight and that the worst case is approached by explicit mixtures. With probability vk0v_{k0}vk0​ the cost vector sits at the conditional mean vk/vk0v_k/v_{k0}vk​/vk0​, and with a small probability it is perturbed by a large Gaussian. The construction tells which scenarios a minimax solution guards against. The paper's numerical section uses it to stress-test solutions computed under other distributional assumptions. For the risk-neutral case (K=1K=1K=1) the bound collapses to Jensen's bound min⁡w∈X(x)μ′w\min_{w\in X(x)}\mu'wminw∈X(x)​μ′w. For K>1K>1K>1 it is a combination of Jensen bounds, one per piece of the disutility.

Theorem 2.2 is proved in the paper; no part of it, nor the strong duality of the moment problem that it relies on, is formalized on the platform or, to our knowledge, elsewhere. The mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the identity Z=ZD=ZDDZ=Z_D=Z_{DD}Z=ZD​=ZDD​ and of the steps of the extremal construction. Several of these are reusable beyond this paper: weak and strong duality of moment problems, the existence of optimal solutions of moment-type semidefinite programs, and Jensen's inequality for the value function of a linear program.

Difficulty

Most of the argument is linear programming and bookkeeping. The step Z(x)=ZD(x)Z(x)=Z_D(x)Z(x)=ZD​(x) is a strong-duality theorem for an infinite-dimensional linear program over measures. The paper cites it from Isii's theory of the moment problem, and none of that theory exists in Mathlib. The construction of near-extremal distributions also needs care. A single distribution in P\mathcal PP generally cannot attain Z(x)Z(x)Z(x), so the bound is reached only along a family whose second moments are matched by rare, large perturbations. Lemma 2.1 needs measurable selections of an active piece of U\mathbb UU and of a dual optimal solution of the second-stage program as functions of qqq. When the optimal solution of (9) has zero-weight blocks, the mixture is undefined until the solution is first rearranged.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin r) (Fin d) ℝ, and distributions are probability measures on Fin d → ℝ with square-integrable coordinates. They are not densities as in the paper's (5). The moment class uses the published MomentDRO.Conf definitions, and E[q~q~′]\mathbb E[\tilde q\tilde q']E[q~​q~​′] is the uncentred second moment. The paper writes ppp both for the dimension of qqq and for dual vectors. Here the dimension is ddd and dual vectors are named π. Indices kkk are zero-based. Bordered matrices are Matrix.fromBlocks on Fin d ⊕ Fin 1 and ⪰0\succeq0⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef. Q\mathcal QQ is a real infimum and the optimal values are real sSup/sInf of value sets. Every statement that uses an optimal value also asserts IsLUB/IsGLB, so junk values cannot make a statement true.

As printed, Assumption 2 (complete recourse) and Assumption 3 for all qqq contradict each other whenever WWW has a row. The formalization keeps Assumption 3 for all qqq and replaces complete recourse by nonemptiness of X(x)X(x)X(x), which is what §2's proofs use. Assumption 1 is not used and is omitted. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable, for example by W=IW=IW=I, T=0T=0T=0, h=0h=0h=0, μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and Q=IQ=IQ=I.

The sequence clause of Theorem 2.2 alone holds for every finite supremum, so it does not capture the theorem. The goal therefore also asserts the equalities Z=ZD=ZDDZ=Z_D=Z_{DD}Z=ZD​=ZDD​, with all three values genuine, and these carry the content. A formalization that drops them, or states them only through junk values, is ruled out.

A complete development needs the duality theory of the moment problem, Jensen's inequality for concave functions on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, compactness arguments for semidefinite feasible sets, and multivariate Gaussian mixtures (ProbabilityTheory.multivariateGaussian in Mathlib). Proofs of individual milestones are welcome. So is a general moment-problem duality theorem from which strong_duality follows.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, X. V. Doan, K. Natarajan, C.-P. Teo, Models for Minimax Stochastic Linear Optimization Problems with Risk Aversion, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(3):580–602, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0445
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • K. Isii, On sharpness of Tchebycheff-type inequalities, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 14:185–197, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02868641
  • D. Bertsimas, I. Popescu, Optimal Inequalities in Probability Theory: A Convex Optimization Approach, SIAM Journal on Optimization 15(3):780–804, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401399903
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Quadratic and Semidefinite Programming Relaxations in Scheduling II: Randomized Rounding of the Time-Slot Convex Quadratic Relaxation (CQP) Is Within 2 for R | rᵢⱼ | Σ wⱼCⱼResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling jobs on unrelated parallel machines to minimize the total weighted completion time is a basic model of machine scheduling: each job may take a different time on each machine, and a job becomes available on a machine only at a machine-dependent release date. In the three-field notation the problem is R∣rij∣∑wjCjR \mid r_{ij} \mid \sum w_jC_jR∣rij​∣∑wj​Cj​. Already the sequencing problem on a single machine with release dates is strongly NP-hard, so the question is how well it can be approximated in polynomial time.

Timeline (as surveyed in §1 of the paper):

  • Phillips, Stein and Wein gave a performance guarantee of O(log⁡2n)O(\log^2 n)O(log2n) for a network-scheduling generalization.
  • Hall, Shmoys and Wein (1996/1997) gave the first constant factor, 16/316/316/3, from an interval-indexed linear programming relaxation (Math. Oper. Res. 22, 1997).
  • Schulz and Skutella (1997–1999) gave a randomized (2+ε)(2+\varepsilon)(2+ε)-approximation from a time-indexed linear programming relaxation in intervals of geometrically increasing length; its size depends on pmax⁡p_{\max}pmax​ and on ε\varepsilonε.
  • Skutella (J. ACM 48, 2001) replaced the linear program by a convex quadratic program in assignment variables of strongly polynomial size and showed, in §3, that randomized rounding of it is a 222-approximation.

This mission formalizes that last result.

Setting

There are nnn jobs JJJ and mmm machines. Job jjj has a weight wj≥0w_j \ge 0wj​≥0; on machine iii it has a processing time pij>0p_{ij} > 0pij​>0 and a release date rij≥0r_{ij} \ge 0rij​≥0. A nonpreemptive schedule runs every job without interruption on one machine, starting no earlier than its release date there, and each machine processes at most one job at a time. With completion times CjC_jCj​, the objective is ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​.

Smith's order on machine iii: j≺ikj \prec_i kj≺i​k if wj/pij>wk/pikw_j/p_{ij} > w_k/p_{ik}wj​/pij​>wk​/pik​, or the ratios are equal and j<kj < kj<k.

Time slots. Sort the release dates on machine iii as ρi1≤⋯≤ρin\rho_{i_1} \le \dots \le \rho_{i_n}ρi1​​≤⋯≤ρin​​ and set ρin+1=∞\rho_{i_{n+1}} = \inftyρin+1​​=∞. The kkk-th time slot iki_kik​ holds the jobs started on machine iii within [ρik,ρik+1)[\rho_{i_k}, \rho_{i_{k+1}})[ρik​​,ρik+1​​). An assignment of jobs to slots is feasible if job jjj goes to a slot iki_kik​ with ρik≥rij\rho_{i_k} \ge r_{ij}ρik​​≥rij​. For assignment variables aikja_{i_kj}aik​j​, the slot starts are

si1=ρi1,sik+1=max⁡{ρik+1, sik+∑jaikjpij},s_{i_1} = \rho_{i_1}, \qquad s_{i_{k+1}} = \max\Big\{\rho_{i_{k+1}},\ s_{i_k} + \sum_j a_{i_kj}p_{ij}\Big\},si1​​=ρi1​​,sik+1​​=max{ρik+1​​, sik​​+j∑​aik​j​pij​},

and for a 0/1 assignment the completion time of j∈ikj \in i_kj∈ik​ is Cj=sik+pij+∑j′≺ij, j′∈ikpij′C_j = s_{i_k} + p_{ij} + \sum_{j' \prec_i j,\ j' \in i_k} p_{ij'}Cj​=sik​​+pij​+∑j′≺i​j, j′∈ik​​pij′​ (17).

(CQP). Minimize ZCQP(a)=∑jwjCˉj(a)Z_{CQP}(a) = \sum_j w_j \bar C_j(a)ZCQP​(a)=∑j​wj​Cˉj​(a) with

Cˉj(a)=∑i,kaikj(ρik+1+aikj2 pij+∑j′≺ijaikj′pij′)\bar C_j(a) = \sum_{i,k} a_{i_kj}\Big(\rho_{i_k} + \frac{1 + a_{i_kj}}{2}\,p_{ij} + \sum_{j' \prec_i j} a_{i_kj'}p_{ij'}\Big)Cˉj​(a)=i,k∑​aik​j​(ρik​​+21+aik​j​​pij​+j′≺i​j∑​aik​j′​pij′​)

subject to ∑i,kaikj=1\sum_{i,k} a_{i_kj} = 1∑i,k​aik​j​=1 (14), aikj=0a_{i_kj} = 0aik​j​=0 if ρik<rij\rho_{i_k} < r_{ij}ρik​​<rij​ (18), a≥0a \ge 0a≥0 (20), and ∑jaikjpij≤ρik+1−ρik\sum_j a_{i_kj}p_{ij} \le \rho_{i_{k+1}} - \rho_{i_k}∑j​aik​j​pij​≤ρik+1​​−ρik​​ (21). In matrix form the objective is bTa+12cTa+12aT(D+diag(c))ab^Ta + \tfrac12 c^Ta + \tfrac12 a^T(D + \mathrm{diag}(c))abTa+21​cTa+21​aT(D+diag(c))a, which is convex.

Randomized rounding. Each job jjj is put into exactly one slot iki_kik​, with probability aikja_{i_kj}aik​j​, the choices being pairwise independent across jobs. The resulting slot assignment is turned into a schedule by (15)–(17).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4 (pp. 19–20), formal core

For every instance with p>0p > 0p>0, w≥0w \ge 0w≥0, r≥0r \ge 0r≥0:

  1. every feasible slot assignment yields a feasible schedule with completion times (17);
  2. for every (CQP)-feasible aaa and every pairwise independent rounding μ\muμ of aaa,
Eμ[∑jwjCj]≤2 ZCQP(a);E_\mu\Big[\sum_j w_jC_j\Big] \le 2\,Z_{CQP}(a);Eμ​[j∑​wj​Cj​]≤2ZCQP​(a);
  1. every feasible schedule SSS admits a (CQP)-feasible aaa with ZCQP(a)≤∑jwjCj(S)Z_{CQP}(a) \le \sum_j w_jC_j(S)ZCQP​(a)≤∑j​wj​Cj​(S).

The bound is stated for every feasible aaa, so it needs no optimum of (CQP), and with (3) it gives the positive half of Corollary 3.6.

Milestones

  • Lemma 3.1 (p. 15): an optimal schedule exists whose slots are sequenced by ≺i\prec_i≺i​ without interruption.
  • p. 16: the schedule built from a feasible slot assignment is feasible, with completion times (17).
  • Lemma 3.2 (p. 16): rebuilding such a schedule from its slot assignment gives a feasible schedule with the same property that completes no job later.
  • p. 17: for 0/1 assignments the relaxed completion times (19) equal (17).
  • Lemma 3.3 (p. 18): the quadratic programming relaxation has an optimal solution with sik=ρiks_{i_k} = \rho_{i_k}sik​​=ρik​​ for all i,ki, ki,k.
  • Proof of Lemma 3.5 (p. 20): Ej↦ik[sik]≤2ρikE_{j \mapsto i_k}[s_{i_k}] \le 2\rho_{i_k}Ej↦ik​​[sik​​]≤2ρik​​.
  • Lemma 3.5 (p. 20): E[Cj]≤2Cˉj(a)E[C_j] \le 2\bar C_j(a)E[Cj​]≤2Cˉj​(a) for every job.

Significance

The result gives a 222-approximation for R∣rij∣∑wjCjR \mid r_{ij} \mid \sum w_jC_jR∣rij​∣∑wj​Cj​ from a program of polynomial size, with a short analysis that holds job by job. The relaxation (CQP) is also the basis of §4, where the same rounding compares nonpreemptive with preemptive schedules, and its relaxation property bounds the optimum of (CQP) against the optimal schedule within a factor 222.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it is formalized. A formal development adds a checked model of release-date schedules and time slots on unrelated machines, the exchange argument behind Smith's rule in the presence of release dates, and a measure-free treatment of pairwise independent rounding. These pieces are reusable for other slot-based relaxations.

Difficulty

The analysis of Lemma 3.5 is short; the work lies in the reduction to slot assignments. Lemma 3.1 is an exchange argument, but swapping two jobs can push a job into a different time slot, so the naive bubble sort within a slot does not obviously terminate in a slot-sequenced schedule. Lemma 3.2 needs an induction across slots that accounts for empty slots and ties ρik=ρik+1\rho_{i_k} = \rho_{i_{k+1}}ρik​​=ρik+1​​. Lemma 3.3 is a shifting argument on fractional solutions whose objective change is a quadratic computation, and the step size printed on p. 18 must be divided by piȷ^p_{i\hat\jmath}pi^​​ to land exactly on sik=ρiks_{i_k} = \rho_{i_k}sik​​=ρik​​. The relaxation conjunct of the goal chains Lemmas 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and the p. 17 identity.

Formalization scope

Jobs are Fin n, machines Fin m, and slots Fin m × Fin n, all 0-based. ≺i\prec_i≺i​ is cross-multiplied, which equals the page's ratio order because p>0p > 0p>0. ρ\rhoρ is the sorted tuple of release dates; ρin+1=∞\rho_{i_{n+1}} = \inftyρin+1​​=∞ is never represented by a real number. Constraint (21) is imposed only for slots before the last, and a job's slot is the largest kkk with ρik≤Sj\rho_{i_k} \le S_jρik​​≤Sj​. Schedules are a machine and a real start time per job; two jobs on one machine must satisfy Cj≤SkC_j \le S_kCj​≤Sk​ or Ck≤SjC_k \le S_jCk​≤Sj​. Randomized rounding is a probability weight on slot assignments with marginals aikja_{i_kj}aik​j​ and product joint probabilities for distinct jobs; full independence is not required, and the product weight is one instance. The standing assumptions pij>0p_{ij} > 0pij​>0, wj≥0w_j \ge 0wj​≥0, rij≥0r_{ij} \ge 0rij​≥0 of p. 2 are hypotheses of every theorem; Lemmas 3.1 and 3.3, which assert existence, also assume m≥1m \ge 1m≥1.

A statement of the bound alone, E≤2ZCQP(a)E \le 2 Z_{CQP}(a)E≤2ZCQP​(a), would say nothing about schedules: conjuncts 1 and 3 of the goal are what tie it to the scheduling problem, and neither may be dropped.

Not formalized: polynomial-time solvability of (CQP), the running time of the algorithm, the tightness half of Corollary 3.6, and the first sentence of Lemma 3.1 as a statement about every optimal schedule (false when some wj=0w_j = 0wj​=0).

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone; a general library of time-slot schedules; and the convexity of (22) (positive semidefiniteness of D+diag(c)D + \mathrm{diag}(c)D+diag(c)), which is not a milestone here.

Selected references

  • M. Skutella, Convex quadratic and semidefinite programming relaxations in scheduling, Journal of the ACM 48(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/375827.375840
  • L. A. Hall, A. S. Schulz, D. B. Shmoys and J. Wein, Scheduling to minimize average completion time: off-line and on-line approximation algorithms, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(3), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.3.513
  • A. S. Schulz and M. Skutella, Scheduling unrelated machines by randomized rounding, SIAM Journal on Discrete Mathematics 15(4), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199357078
  • W. E. Smith, Various optimizers for single-stage production, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 3, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800030106
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Coordinate Gradient Descent Method for Nonsmooth Separable Minimization 3: The Local Lipschitzian Error Bound Holds for Polyhedral P with Quadratic or Composite f, and for Strongly Convex fResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize the sum of a smooth function and a convex but nonsmooth one: ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized least squares (the Lasso), bound-constrained problems, and group-sparse regression are standard examples. Tseng and Yun (Math. Program. Ser. B 117 (2009) 387–423) proposed the coordinate gradient descent (CGD) method for this class and proved that it converges linearly under a local Lipschitzian error bound, Assumption 2(a) of their paper. An assumption is only as useful as the list of problems known to satisfy it. Section 6 of the paper supplies that list, and this mission formalizes it.

Error bounds of this kind have a history in smooth constrained optimization. Luo and Tseng proved them for quadratic objectives over polyhedral sets (Luo–Tseng 1992, SIAM J. Optim.), for strongly convex functions composed with a linear map (Luo–Tseng 1992, SIAM J. Control Optim.), and for dual functionals of linearly constrained strictly convex programs (Luo–Tseng 1993, Math. Oper. Res.), and used them to derive linear rates for feasible descent methods (Luo–Tseng 1993, Ann. Oper. Res.). Tseng and Yun carry these results over to the nonsmooth problem (1) by reformulating it as a smooth problem over the epigraph of the nonsmooth part.

Setting

Throughout, Rn\mathbb R^nRn carries the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. The problem is

min⁡x  Fc(x)=f(x)+cP(x),(1)\min_x\; F_c(x) = f(x) + cP(x), \qquad (1)xmin​Fc​(x)=f(x)+cP(x),(1)

where c>0c > 0c>0, P:Rn→(−∞,∞]P:\mathbb R^n \to (-\infty,\infty]P:Rn→(−∞,∞] is proper, convex and lower semicontinuous with effective domain dom⁡P={x∣P(x)<∞}\operatorname{dom}P = \{x \mid P(x) < \infty\}domP={x∣P(x)<∞}, and fff is continuously differentiable on an open set containing dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP.

The residual at x∈dom⁡Px \in \operatorname{dom}Px∈domP is

dI(x)=arg⁡min⁡d{∇f(x)⊤d+12∥d∥2+cP(x+d)},d_I(x) = \arg\min_d \Big\{\nabla f(x)^\top d + \tfrac12\|d\|^2 + cP(x+d)\Big\},dI​(x)=argdmin​{∇f(x)⊤d+21​∥d∥2+cP(x+d)},

the unique minimizer of a strongly convex function. A point x∈dom⁡Px \in \operatorname{dom}Px∈domP is stationary if the one-sided directional derivative satisfies Fc′(x;d)≥0F_c'(x;d) \ge 0Fc′​(x;d)≥0 for every direction ddd; Xˉ\bar XXˉ denotes the set of stationary points and dist⁡(x,Xˉ)\operatorname{dist}(x,\bar X)dist(x,Xˉ) the distance to it. A point is stationary exactly when its residual vanishes.

Assumption 2(a) asks that Xˉ≠∅\bar X \neq \emptysetXˉ=∅ and that for every level ζ\zetaζ there be constants τ,ϵ>0\tau, \epsilon > 0τ,ϵ>0 with

dist⁡(x,Xˉ)≤τ∥dI(x)∥whenever Fc(x)≤ζ, ∥dI(x)∥≤ϵ.\operatorname{dist}(x,\bar X) \le \tau\|d_I(x)\| \quad\text{whenever } F_c(x) \le \zeta,\ \|d_I(x)\| \le \epsilon.dist(x,Xˉ)≤τ∥dI​(x)∥whenever Fc​(x)≤ζ, ∥dI​(x)∥≤ϵ.

Writing epi⁡P={(x,ξ)∣P(x)≤ξ}\operatorname{epi}P = \{(x,\xi) \mid P(x) \le \xi\}epiP={(x,ξ)∣P(x)≤ξ}, problem (1) is equivalent to the smooth problem min⁡{f(x)+cξ∣(x,ξ)∈epi⁡P}\min\{f(x) + c\xi \mid (x,\xi) \in \operatorname{epi}P\}min{f(x)+cξ∣(x,ξ)∈epiP} (41). Its projection residual at (x,ξ)(x,\xi)(x,ξ) is the optimal solution (d~,δ~)(\tilde d,\tilde\delta)(d~,δ~) of

min⁡(d,δ){∇f(x)⊤d+12∥d∥2+12δ2+cδ  ∣  (x+d,ξ+δ)∈epi⁡P}.(42)\min_{(d,\delta)}\Big\{\nabla f(x)^\top d + \tfrac12\|d\|^2 + \tfrac12\delta^2 + c\delta \;\Big|\; (x+d,\xi+\delta) \in \operatorname{epi}P\Big\}. \qquad (42)(d,δ)min​{∇f(x)⊤d+21​∥d∥2+21​δ2+cδ​(x+d,ξ+δ)∈epiP}.(42)

PPP is polyhedral if epi⁡P\operatorname{epi}PepiP is the solution set of finitely many linear inequalities in (x,ξ)(x,\xi)(x,ξ); fff is quadratic if f(x)=12x⊤Ax+b⊤x+c0f(x) = \tfrac12 x^\top Ax + b^\top x + c_0f(x)=21​x⊤Ax+b⊤x+c0​ with AAA symmetric, not necessarily positive semidefinite. The four problem classes are:

  • C1: fff quadratic, PPP polyhedral;
  • C2: f(x)=g(Ex)+q⊤xf(x) = g(Ex) + q^\top xf(x)=g(Ex)+q⊤x with ggg strongly convex and differentiable on Rm\mathbb R^mRm, ∇g\nabla g∇g Lipschitz, PPP polyhedral;
  • C3: f(x)=max⁡y∈Y{(Ex)⊤y−g(y)}+q⊤xf(x) = \max_{y\in Y}\{(Ex)^\top y - g(y)\} + q^\top xf(x)=maxy∈Y​{(Ex)⊤y−g(y)}+q⊤x with YYY polyhedral and ggg as in C2, PPP polyhedral;
  • C4: fff strongly convex with ∇f\nabla f∇f Lipschitz on dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP (condition (22)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 412)

(Xˉ≠∅ ∧ (C1∨C2∨C3)) ∨ C4  ⟹  Assumption 2(a).\Big(\bar X \neq \emptyset \ \wedge\ (\mathrm{C1} \vee \mathrm{C2} \vee \mathrm{C3})\Big) \ \vee\ \mathrm{C4} \;\Longrightarrow\; \text{Assumption 2(a)}.(Xˉ=∅ ∧ (C1∨C2∨C3)) ∨ C4⟹Assumption 2(a).

Under C4, nonemptiness of Xˉ\bar XXˉ is part of the conclusion. The constants τ,ϵ\tau, \epsilonτ,ϵ are existential, so the goal does not depend on any particular estimate.

Milestone: Lemma 6 (p. 410)

If PPP is Lipschitz on dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP with constant KKK, there is κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0 depending only on KKK with

∥(d~,δ~)∥≤κ ∥dI(x)∥(x∈dom⁡P, ξ=P(x)).\|(\tilde d,\tilde\delta)\| \le \kappa\,\|d_I(x)\| \qquad (x \in \operatorname{dom}P,\ \xi = P(x)).∥(d~,δ~)∥≤κ∥dI​(x)∥(x∈domP, ξ=P(x)).

Milestone: Lemma 7 (p. 411)

If Xˉ≠∅\bar X \neq \emptysetXˉ=∅ and C1, C2 or C3 holds, then for every ζ\zetaζ there are τ′,ϵ′>0\tau', \epsilon' > 0τ′,ϵ′>0 with

dist⁡(x,Xˉ)≤τ′∥(d~,δ~)∥whenever Fc(x)≤ζ, ∥(d~,δ~)∥≤ϵ′,(44)\operatorname{dist}(x,\bar X) \le \tau'\|(\tilde d,\tilde\delta)\| \quad\text{whenever } F_c(x) \le \zeta,\ \|(\tilde d,\tilde\delta)\| \le \epsilon', \qquad (44)dist(x,Xˉ)≤τ′∥(d~,δ~)∥whenever Fc​(x)≤ζ, ∥(d~,δ~)∥≤ϵ′,(44)

where (d~,δ~)(\tilde d,\tilde\delta)(d~,δ~) solves (42) with ξ=P(x)\xi = P(x)ξ=P(x).

A further item, not a milestone, states the remark after Assumption 2 (p. 404) that Assumption 2(b) (stationary points with different objective values are uniformly separated) holds whenever fff is convex.

Significance

Theorem 4 is what makes the linear convergence theorem of the paper (Theorem 2, the subject of the second mission of this series) applicable. Through C1 it covers every problem with a quadratic fff and a polyhedral PPP, including the Lasso and ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized or bound-constrained quadratic programs, without convexity of fff. Through C2 it covers losses of the form g(Ex)g(Ex)g(Ex) with ggg strongly convex, such as least squares 12∥Ex−b∥2\tfrac12\|Ex - b\|^221​∥Ex−b∥2, where fff itself is not strongly convex because EEE may have a nontrivial kernel. These error bounds became a standard tool for linear rates of proximal and coordinate methods without strong convexity.

The paper's result is proved, but Lemma 7 is proved by citation: it applies three error bounds of Luo and Tseng to the reformulation (41). A complete formalization therefore requires those error bounds for smooth problems over polyhedral sets, which are not in Mathlib. To our knowledge none of the results of this mission has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

Lemma 6 and the C4 case of Theorem 4 are short inequality arguments. The difficulty is Lemma 7. The natural first idea, proving an error bound from strong convexity, fails for C1–C3: fff may be nonconvex (C1) or have a degenerate Hessian (C2, C3), and the objective f(x)+cξf(x) + c\xif(x)+cξ of (41) is never strongly convex in (x,ξ)(x,\xi)(x,ξ). What replaces strong convexity is the polyhedral structure of epi⁡P\operatorname{epi}PepiP, and the cited Luo–Tseng error bounds that exploit it are substantial results in their own right, each of which has to be established for a projection residual over a general polyhedron in Rn+1\mathbb R^{n+1}Rn+1.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with indices 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1. PPP is the pair (D,P)(D, P)(D,P), its effective domain and its finite values there, with "proper, convex, lsc" given by the published ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex. The value +∞+\infty+∞ is never computed: every statement quantifies over x∈Dx \in Dx∈D, and membership in epi⁡P\operatorname{epi}PepiP is x + d ∈ D ∧ P (x + d) ≤ ξ + δ. dI(x)d_I(x)dI​(x) is a chosen minimizer of its subproblem, which at x∈Dx \in Dx∈D is the paper's unique one. The solutions of (42) enter through a predicate, and every bound is asserted for every optimal solution. Stationarity is the liminf form of Fc′(x;d)≥0F_c'(x;d) \ge 0Fc′​(x;d)≥0. dist⁡\operatorname{dist}dist is the infimum distance. Assumption 2(a) quantifies over every real ζ\zetaζ, which agrees with the paper's "ζ≥min⁡Fc\zeta \ge \min F_cζ≥minFc​" because the condition is vacuous below inf⁡Fc\inf F_cinfFc​. In Lemma 6 the constant κ\kappaκ is quantified before the dimension and the data, so it depends on the Lipschitz constant only.

Explicit choices relative to the printed text:

  • In C4, strong convexity and (22) are required on dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP only, since fff is only assumed smooth near dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP. This hypothesis is weaker than the paper's, so the formal theorem is at least as strong.
  • In C2 and C3, EEE is a continuous linear map Rn→Rm\mathbb R^n \to \mathbb R^mRn→Rm (equivalently an m×nm \times nm×n matrix). Strong convexity has a positive modulus and ∇g\nabla g∇g is globally Lipschitz.
  • In C3, the maximum must be attained at every xxx, which forces Y≠∅Y \neq \emptysetY=∅, as the paper's formula presumes.
  • Assumption 2(b) for convex fff is stated with convexity on dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP.

A polyhedrality notion that admits only affine or constant PPP, an Assumption 2(a) whose constants are chosen after xxx, and a Lemma 7 whose residual is dI(x)d_I(x)dI​(x) instead of the solution of (42) would all trivialize or change the statements. The encoding rules out each of them: polyhedral means a finite system of linear inequalities in (x,ξ)(x,\xi)(x,ξ), the constants precede xxx, and Lemma 7 is stated for (42).

Welcome contributions: proofs of Lemma 6 and of the C4 case; Lipschitz continuity of polyhedral functions on their domain (Rockafellar–Wets, Example 9.35); the Luo–Tseng error bounds for affine variational inequalities and for composite strongly convex objectives over polyhedra, which can be reused well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • P. Tseng, S. Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Math. Program. Ser. B 117 (2009) 387–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, Error bounds and the convergence analysis of matrix splitting algorithms for the affine variational inequality problem, SIAM J. Optim. 2 (1992) 43–54. https://doi.org/10.1137/0802004
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, On the linear convergence of descent methods for convex essentially smooth minimization, SIAM J. Control Optim. 30 (1992) 408–425. https://doi.org/10.1137/0330025
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, On the convergence rate of dual ascent methods for linearly constrained convex minimization, Math. Oper. Res. 18 (1993) 846–867. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.4.846
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, Error bounds and convergence analysis of feasible descent methods: a general approach, Ann. Oper. Res. 46 (1993) 157–178. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02096261
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Coordinate Gradient Descent Method for Nonsmooth Separable Minimization 2: Under a Local Lipschitzian Error Bound, CGD with the Restricted Gauss–Seidel Rule Converges LinearlyResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize the sum of a smooth loss and a convex, nonsmooth, separable regularizer: smooth optimization with ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularization, bound-constrained optimization, the group Lasso and, through duality, support vector regression are special cases listed in §1 of the paper discussed below. For such problems, methods that update one coordinate, or one small block of coordinates, at a time are often the method of choice, because each update is cheap and exploits separability.

Paul Tseng and Sangwoon Yun (Math. Program. Ser. B 117 (2009) 387–423) introduced the coordinate gradient descent (CGD) method for this class: at each iteration it minimizes a quadratic model of the smooth part plus the exact nonsmooth part over a chosen block of coordinates, then takes an Armijo step. Their paper proves global convergence (Theorem 1) and, under a local error bound, linear convergence (Theorems 2 and 3). This mission is the second of a three-mission series on the paper; it targets the linear convergence theorem for the cyclic (Gauss–Seidel-type) choice of blocks.

The analysis follows Luo and Tseng's error-bound framework for smooth constrained problems (Ann. Oper. Res. 46 (1993) 157–178), which established linear rates for feasible descent methods without strong convexity. Tseng and Yun extend that framework to a nonsmooth convex term.

Setting

Let ℜn\Re^nℜn carry the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, let N={1,…,n}\mathcal N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}, and for J⊆N\mathcal J\subseteq\mathcal NJ⊆N let xJx_{\mathcal J}xJ​ be the subvector of coordinates in J\mathcal JJ. The problem (1) is

min⁡x Fc(x)=f(x)+cP(x),\min_x\ F_c(x)=f(x)+cP(x),xmin​ Fc​(x)=f(x)+cP(x),

where c>0c>0c>0, P:ℜn→(−∞,∞]P:\Re^n\to(-\infty,\infty]P:ℜn→(−∞,∞] is proper, convex and lower semicontinuous, and fff is continuously differentiable on an open set containing dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP.

Given x∈dom⁡Px\in\operatorname{dom}Px∈domP, a nonempty block J\mathcal JJ and a symmetric positive definite matrix HHH, the direction (6) is

dH(x;J)=arg⁡min⁡d{∇f(x)Td+12dTHd+cP(x+d) ∣ dj=0 ∀j∉J}.d_H(x;\mathcal J)=\arg\min_d\Big\{\nabla f(x)^Td+\tfrac12d^THd+cP(x+d)\ \Big|\ d_j=0\ \forall j\notin\mathcal J\Big\}.dH​(x;J)=argdmin​{∇f(x)Td+21​dTHd+cP(x+d) ​ dj​=0 ∀j∈/J}.

The CGD method starts at x0∈dom⁡Px^0\in\operatorname{dom}Px0∈domP, chooses at each iteration kkk a block Jk\mathcal J^kJk and a matrix HkH^kHk, computes dk=dHk(xk;Jk)d^k=d_{H^k}(x^k;\mathcal J^k)dk=dHk​(xk;Jk), and sets xk+1=xk+αkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+\alpha^kd^kxk+1=xk+αkdk. The Armijo rule takes αk\alpha^kαk as the largest element of {αinitkβj}j≥0\{\alpha^k_{\rm init}\beta^j\}_{j\ge0}{αinitk​βj}j≥0​ with

Fc(xk+αkdk)≤Fc(xk)+αkσΔk,Δk=∇f(xk)Tdk+γ dkTHkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk),F_c(x^k+\alpha^kd^k)\le F_c(x^k)+\alpha^k\sigma\Delta^k,\qquad \Delta^k=\nabla f(x^k)^Td^k+\gamma\,d^{kT}H^kd^k+cP(x^k+d^k)-cP(x^k),Fc​(xk+αkdk)≤Fc​(xk)+αkσΔk,Δk=∇f(xk)Tdk+γdkTHkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk),

with 0<β,σ<10<\beta,\sigma<10<β,σ<1 and 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. The restricted Gauss–Seidel rule (12) asks for indices 0=t0<t1<⋯0=t_0<t_1<\cdots0=t0​<t1​<⋯ (the set T\mathcal TT) such that the blocks used during each cycle ti≤k<ti+1t_i\le k<t_{i+1}ti​≤k<ti+1​ are pairwise disjoint and cover N\mathcal NN. PPP is block-separable with respect to J\mathcal JJ if P(x)=PJ(xJ)+PJC(xJC)P(x)=P_{\mathcal J}(x_{\mathcal J})+P_{\mathcal J^C}(x_{\mathcal J^C})P(x)=PJ​(xJ​)+PJC​(xJC​).

The analysis uses three assumptions: ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz on dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP (22); Assumption 1, λˉI⪰Hk⪰λ‾I\bar\lambda I\succeq H^k\succeq\underline\lambda IλˉI⪰Hk⪰λ​I with 0<λ‾≤λˉ0<\underline\lambda\le\bar\lambda0<λ​≤λˉ; and Assumption 2. Writing Xˉ\bar XXˉ for the set of stationary points of FcF_cFc​ and dI(x)d_I(x)dI​(x) for the full direction with H=IH=IH=I, Assumption 2 says (a) Xˉ≠∅\bar X\ne\emptysetXˉ=∅ and the local Lipschitzian error bound dist⁡(x,Xˉ)≤τ∥dI(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(x,\bar X)\le\tau\|d_I(x)\|dist(x,Xˉ)≤τ∥dI​(x)∥ holds on every level set {Fc≤ζ}\{F_c\le\zeta\}{Fc​≤ζ} wherever ∥dI(x)∥≤ϵ\|d_I(x)\|\le\epsilon∥dI​(x)∥≤ϵ; (b) stationary points with different objective values are at least a fixed distance δ>0\delta>0δ>0 apart.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2(b)

Under (22), Assumptions 1 and 2, the restricted Gauss–Seidel rule, block-separability of PPP with respect to every Jk\mathcal J^kJk, and Armijo steps with sup⁡kαinitk≤1\sup_k\alpha^k_{\rm init}\le1supk​αinitk​≤1 and inf⁡kαinitk>0\inf_k\alpha^k_{\rm init}>0infk​αinitk​>0:

{Fc(xk)}↓−∞or({Fc(xk)}T Q-linear and {xk}T R-linear).\{F_c(x^k)\}\downarrow-\infty\quad\text{or}\quad\big(\{F_c(x^k)\}_{\mathcal T}\ \text{Q-linear}\ \text{and}\ \{x^k\}_{\mathcal T}\ \text{R-linear}\big).{Fc​(xk)}↓−∞or({Fc​(xk)}T​ Q-linear and {xk}T​ R-linear).

No rate constant is fixed: the goal asserts the shape of the convergence, so it is not invalidated by sharper constants.

Milestones

Lemma 4 (Hölder dependence of the subproblem's solution on its linear term), Lemma 5(a) (a per-block variational inequality), Lemma 5(b) (an explicit stepsize at which the Armijo test passes), Theorem 1(f) (Armijo stepsizes bounded away from zero, Δk→0\Delta^k\to0Δk→0, dk→0d^k\to0dk→0), and Theorem 2(a) (the residual ∥dI(xk)∥\|d_I(x^k)\|∥dI​(xk)∥ at the start of a cycle is bounded by the step lengths of the cycle).

Significance

Theorem 2(b) gives a linear rate for a block coordinate method on a nonsmooth, possibly nonconvex composite problem without strong convexity: the rate follows from the error bound, which holds for a large class of problems studied in §6 of the paper (the third mission of this series).

The theorem is proved in the paper; none of it has been machine-checked, as far as a search of the Prove2Me library shows. Formalizing it requires a reusable treatment of extended-valued convex functions through their effective domains, of the coordinate-restricted proximal subproblem, and of the Armijo rule for composite objectives. The milestones Lemma 4 and Lemma 5 are self-contained facts about this subproblem and are reusable for other proximal coordinate methods.

Difficulty

The classical route to a linear rate, as in Luo and Tseng's smooth analysis, derives Fc(xk+1)−υˉ≤τ′∥xk+1−xk∥2F_c(x^{k+1})-\bar\upsilon\le\tau'\|x^{k+1}-x^k\|^2Fc​(xk+1)−υˉ≤τ′∥xk+1−xk∥2 from the error bound, where υˉ\bar\upsilonυˉ is the limit value. With a nonsmooth PPP this inequality is not available: the authors say so on p. 405, and work with −Δk-\Delta^k−Δk in place of the quadratic term. A second obstacle is that the error bound controls the full residual dI(xk)d_I(x^k)dI​(xk), while each iteration only computes a block direction at a different point; relating the two over a cycle needs the disjointness of the blocks in the restricted rule and block-separability of PPP. Neither the global analysis nor the error bound alone gives the rate.

Formalization scope

ℜn\Re^nℜn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with 0-based coordinates. The extended-valued PPP is encoded as a pair: its effective domain D=dom⁡PD=\operatorname{dom}PD=domP and its finite values on DDD, with "proper convex lsc" given by the published definition ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex; FcF_cFc​ is never evaluated off DDD, and every statement carries membership in DDD explicitly. The direction dH(x;J)d_H(x;\mathcal J)dH​(x;J) is the unique minimizer of (6) when x∈Dx\in Dx∈D and H≻0H\succ0H≻0 (chosen by Classical.epsilon), and runs of the method carry the minimizer property itself. The Armijo rule takes the first admissible exponent jjj. T\mathcal TT is a strictly increasing map ttt with t0=0t_0=0t0​=0. Stationarity is Fc′(x;d)≥0F_c'(x;d)\ge0Fc′​(x;d)≥0 for all ddd, in liminf form. In Assumption 2, dist⁡\operatorname{dist}dist is the infimum distance and "for any ζ≥min⁡Fc\zeta\ge\min F_cζ≥minFc​" is "for every real ζ\zetaζ" (equivalent, since the condition is empty below inf⁡Fc\inf F_cinfFc​). Q-linear convergence includes convergence of the sequence; R-linear convergence is ∥xti−xˉ∥≤Cqi\|x^{t_i}-\bar x\|\le Cq^i∥xti​−xˉ∥≤Cqi with q<1q<1q<1. The rates in the goal are along T\mathcal TT, as the paper states.

Explicit choices relative to the printed text:

  • Theorem 2(a) is corrected. As printed, ∥dI(xk)∥≤sup⁡jαj C rk\|d_I(x^k)\|\le\sup_j\alpha^j\,C\,r^k∥dI​(xk)∥≤supj​αjCrk fails for small constant stepsizes and fails without block-separability (counterexamples in the item's statement). The milestone states ∥dI(xk)∥≤max⁡{1,sup⁡jαj} C rk\|d_I(x^k)\|\le\max\{1,\sup_j\alpha^j\}\,C\,r^k∥dI​(xk)∥≤max{1,supj​αj}Crk under block-separability of PPP with respect to every Jk\mathcal J^kJk (both are what the paper's proof gives and what Theorem 2(b) supplies), with the iterates in dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP, and with CCC quantified before the problem data, so it depends only on n,L,λ‾,λˉn,L,\underline\lambda,\bar\lambdan,L,λ​,λˉ.
  • Lemma 5(b)'s range 0≤α≤min⁡{1,2λ‾(1−σ+σγ)/L}0\le\alpha\le\min\{1,2\underline\lambda(1-\sigma+\sigma\gamma)/L\}0≤α≤min{1,2λ​(1−σ+σγ)/L} is stated as 0≤α≤10\le\alpha\le10≤α≤1 and αL≤2λ‾(1−σ+σγ)\alpha L\le2\underline\lambda(1-\sigma+\sigma\gamma)αL≤2λ​(1−σ+σγ), so that L=0L=0L=0 gives [0,1][0,1][0,1] as on paper rather than {0}\{0\}{0}.
  • Lemma 5(a) holds for every decomposition of PPP in (20), and xˉ\bar xxˉ ranges over dom⁡PJ\operatorname{dom}P_{\mathcal J}domPJ​ (outside it the left side is −∞-\infty−∞).
  • "lim⁡Fc(xk)>−∞\lim F_c(x^k)>-\inftylimFc​(xk)>−∞" is "the values Fc(xk)F_c(x^k)Fc​(xk) are bounded below"; "{Fc(xk)}↓−∞\{F_c(x^k)\}\downarrow-\infty{Fc​(xk)}↓−∞" is "nonincreasing and tending to −∞-\infty−∞"; suprema and infima of stepsizes are explicit bounds.

A statement that replaces Assumption 2 by strong convexity, claims a rate along the whole sequence rather than along T\mathcal TT, or asserts the Q-linear contraction without convergence to a limit is not this theorem and is out of scope.

Lemma 1, the claim after (10), Lemma 3 and Theorem 1(a), which the proof also uses, are milestones of the first mission of this series and are not restated here. Theorem 3 (the same conclusion along the whole sequence for the Gauss–Southwell-q rule) is not included: its proof is omitted in the paper. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and general facts about the coordinate-restricted proximal subproblem (existence and uniqueness of dH(x;J)d_H(x;\mathcal J)dH​(x;J), optimality conditions) that the milestones rely on.

Selected references

  • P. Tseng and S. Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming Ser. B 117 (2009) 387–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0
  • Z.-Q. Luo and P. Tseng, Error bounds and convergence analysis of feasible descent methods: a general approach, Annals of Operations Research 46 (1993) 157–178. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02096261
  • J. M. Ortega and W. C. Rheinboldt, Iterative Solution of Nonlinear Equations in Several Variables, Academic Press, 1970, Chap. 9 (Q- and R-linear convergence). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719468
  • R. T. Rockafellar and R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Coordinate Gradient Descent Method for Nonsmooth Separable Minimization 1: With the Armijo Rule and the Generalized Gauss–Seidel Rule, Every Cluster Point of the CGD Iterates Is StationaryResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization models combine a smooth loss with a convex penalty or constraint. The penalty can be nonsmooth: an absolute-value penalty encourages sparse solutions, while an indicator function enforces a feasible set. A coordinate gradient descent (CGD) method updates selected coordinates by minimizing a quadratic model and then applies a line search. Tseng and Yun studied this method for an extended-valued convex penalty, including penalties that separate by blocks of coordinates. Their global convergence result addresses a basic question for such an iteration: if its iterates have an accumulation point, must that point satisfy the first-order stationarity condition? The result and examples appear in Tseng and Yun (2009).

Coordinate updates are appealing when changing a small block is cheaper than changing the whole vector. Their convergence is delicate when the penalty is nonsmooth: a direction can be useful on one block without revealing whether the full point is stationary. The paper's Theorem 1(e) establishes a guarantee for a generalized Gauss–Seidel selection rule and a block-separable penalty. The authors note that this rules out cycling on Powell's coordinate-minimization example under their stated conditions Tseng and Yun (2009), p. 404.

Setting

Let x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn, c>0c>0c>0, and let P:Rn→(−∞,+∞]P:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,+\infty]P:Rn→(−∞,+∞] be proper, convex and lower semicontinuous. Its effective domain D=dom⁡PD=\operatorname{dom}PD=domP contains precisely the points where PPP is finite. Let fff be continuously differentiable on an open set containing DDD. The objective is Fc(x)=f(x)+cP(x)F_c(x)=f(x)+cP(x)Fc​(x)=f(x)+cP(x), with value +∞+\infty+∞ outside DDD. No convexity of fff is assumed.

At iteration kkk, choose a nonempty set of coordinates Jk\mathcal J^kJk and a positive-definite symmetric matrix HkH^kHk. The search direction dkd^kdk minimizes

∇f(xk)⊤d+12d⊤Hkd+cP(xk+d)subject to dj=0 for j∉Jk.\nabla f(x^k)^\top d+\tfrac12 d^\top H^k d+cP(x^k+d) \quad\text{subject to }d_j=0\text{ for }j\notin\mathcal J^k.∇f(xk)⊤d+21​d⊤Hkd+cP(xk+d)subject to dj​=0 for j∈/Jk.

The next iterate is xk+1=xk+αkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+\alpha^k d^kxk+1=xk+αkdk. The Armijo rule tests the geometric sequence αinitkβj\alpha^k_{\mathrm{init}}\beta^jαinitk​βj and takes its largest accepted member, using the paper's decrease quantity Δk=∇f(xk)⊤dk+γ(dk)⊤Hkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk)\Delta^k=\nabla f(x^k)^\top d^k+\gamma(d^k)^\top H^kd^k+cP(x^k+d^k)-cP(x^k)Δk=∇f(xk)⊤dk+γ(dk)⊤Hkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk). Its parameters satisfy αinitk>0\alpha^k_{\mathrm{init}}>0αinitk​>0, 0<β,σ<10<\beta,\sigma<10<β,σ<1, and 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. The accepted step obeys Fc(xk+1)≤Fc(xk)+σαkΔkF_c(x^{k+1})\le F_c(x^k)+\sigma\alpha^k\Delta^kFc​(xk+1)≤Fc​(xk)+σαkΔk.

The generalized Gauss–Seidel rule means that some fixed number T≥1T\ge1T≥1 of consecutive coordinate sets covers every coordinate, starting at every iteration. The penalty is block-separable with respect to Jk\mathcal J^kJk when it is the sum of a proper closed convex function of the selected coordinates and another of their complement. A point xˉ\bar xxˉ is stationary when it lies in DDD and the one-sided directional derivative Fc′(xˉ;v)F_c'(\bar x;v)Fc′​(xˉ;v) is nonnegative for every direction v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn.

Formalization targets

Global convergence under generalized Gauss–Seidel selection

The goal is Theorem 1(e) Tseng and Yun (2009), p. 399. Under the CGD and Armijo rules, Assumption 1's uniform matrix bounds, a positive lower bound on the initial trial steps, block separability for each chosen coordinate set, and a finite upper bound on the accepted steps,

xˉ a cluster point of {xk}k≥0⟹Fc′(xˉ;v)≥0 for every v∈Rn.\bar x\text{ a cluster point of }\{x^k\}_{k\ge0} \quad\Longrightarrow\quad F_c'(\bar x;v)\ge0\text{ for every }v\in\mathbb R^n.xˉ a cluster point of {xk}k≥0​⟹Fc′​(xˉ;v)≥0 for every v∈Rn.

The mission milestones state the paper's Lemma 1, its Armijo existence claim after equation (10), Lemmas 2 and 3, and Theorem 1(a) and (b). They connect the direction subproblem, descent, stationarity and subsequence behavior to the goal. The theorem asserts stationarity of every cluster point; it does not assert that a cluster point exists or that the full sequence converges.

Significance

The result supplies a global first-order guarantee for a block update method even when the smooth part fff is nonconvex. It applies to extended-valued convex penalties, so the same statement covers both nonsmooth regularization and constraints represented by indicator functions. The bounded-window coverage condition allows varying coordinate sets rather than a fixed cyclic schedule Tseng and Yun (2009), Theorem 1(e).

The paper proves the theorem. This mission asks for a machine-checked Lean proof of that known claim and its selected supporting results. The reusable output includes a precise interface for an extended-valued penalty, the exact quadratic coordinate subproblem, Armijo backtracking with first accepted exponent, and the distinction between a convergent subsequence and a cluster point. The current draft statements compile with proof placeholders; they are proof obligations, not completed machine-checked results.

Difficulty

The descent bound alone controls decrease in objective value; it does not directly show that every coordinate has a vanishing stationarity residual. The coordinate set may vary at each iteration, and the penalty need only separate with respect to the current block. A cluster point may be reached along a subsequence that samples only one of those blocks. The argument therefore has to connect behavior along a convergent subsequence to nearby iterations within a full coverage window. The nonsmooth penalty also prevents replacing directional stationarity by a statement solely about an ordinary gradient.

Formalization scope

Vectors use EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and its Euclidean norm; Fin n starts at zero, whereas the paper numbers coordinates from one. A penalty is represented by its effective domain DDD and finite values PPP on D,usingthepublished‘ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex‘definition.Everyobjectivecomparisonincludesdomainmembership;valuesoutsideD, using the published `ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex` definition. Every objective comparison includes domain membership; values outside D,usingthepublished‘ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex‘definition.Everyobjectivecomparisonincludesdomainmembership;valuesoutsideDareinterpretedasare interpreted asareinterpretedas+\infty.Thesmoothnessassumptionnamesanopenneighborhoodof. The smoothness assumption names an open neighborhood of .ThesmoothnessassumptionnamesanopenneighborhoodofD.Thedirection. The direction .Thedirectiond_H(x;\mathcal J)ischosenfromtheexactminimizers;alltheoremusesplaceis chosen from the exact minimizers; all theorem uses placeischosenfromtheexactminimizers;alltheoremusesplacexinininDandandandH$ positive definite. A CGD run records the chosen minimizers, so it does not rely on any unspecified value of that choice outside its valid inputs.

The Armijo predicate records the first successful geometric trial, including rejection of all earlier trials. The matrix bounds in Assumption 1 are quadratic-form bounds. Lemma 3 represents eigenvalue extremes by Rayleigh quotients on the selected coordinates; its generalized spectrum is that of the pair of principal submatrices. These extrema are used only with a nonempty block and positive-definite matrices. The paper's o(α)o(\alpha)o(α) is represented by a remainder whose quotient by α\alphaα tends to zero from the right. In Lemma 1 the line segment remains in DDD. A convergent subsequence is indexed by a strictly increasing map; a cluster point is represented separately by MapClusterPt.

No convergence of the entire iterate sequence is assumed. Stationarity requires the nonnegative directional derivative in every direction, not only the coordinates selected at one step. A valid development needs convex analysis of the subproblem, estimates for positive-definite quadratic forms, properties of lower semicontinuity and directional derivatives, and finite-dimensional subsequence arguments. Contributions proving those reusable facts and the named milestones are within scope.

Selected references

  • Paul Tseng and Sangwoon Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming, Series B 117 (2009), 387–423. DOI: 10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 21 of 23Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me